Walking the fine line of โ€˜all of the aboveโ€™: Two Republicans from #Colorado add names to letter calling for restraint in gutting of #climate legislation — Allen Best (BigPivots.com) #ActOnClimate

On March 13, 2025 Gabe Evans visited a five-megawatt solar installation near LaSalle. Photo courtesy of Rep. Gabe Evansย 

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

March 21, 2025

Colorado sends four Democrats and four Republicans to the U.S. House of Representatives. Of them, Jeff Hurd, a Republican from Grand Junction, and Gabe Evans, a Republican from Fort Lupton, will be the most interesting to watch during the next two years.

These two representatives, both new to Congress in January, were among 21 Republican signatories in the House to a letter calling for restraint in efforts to gut the Inflation Reduction Act.

The letter expresses concern about โ€œdisruptive changes to our nationโ€™s energy tax structure.โ€ The New York Times and Utility Dive both interpreted the language as a reference to the IRA, the landmark climate legislation adopted in August 2022. President Donald Trump, the Times notes, often talks about repealing the law.

Atlas Public Policy, a research firm, reported in February that 80% of funds authorized by the law have gone to Congressional districts represented by Republicans.

Hurd, an attorney who formerly was chief counsel for the Delta-Montrose Electric Association, essentially replaced Lauren Boebert in the Third Congressional District. Boebert was almost certainly headed for defeat had she tried to run against Aspenโ€™s Adam Frisch a second time in the Western Slope-dominated and Republican-leaning district after squeaking out just 50.6% of votes in the strongly Republican-leaning district. With a new home in Windsor, she easily won election in Coloradoโ€™s Fourth Congressional District.

While Boebert inevitably echoes Trump, Hurd signaled his measured distance from MAGA hat-wearing positions when he criticized Trumpโ€™s blanket pardon of rioters who had invaded the U.S. Capitol on Jan. 6, 2021. At the same time, his bill, Productive Public Lands Act, rhymes with Trumpโ€™s drill-baby-drill slogan. Never mind that the United States has already been setting records for oil and gas extraction.

As long as he can survive Republican primaries. Hurd can probably return to Washington for a good many terms. His drill bill is likely part of that political dance.

Evans has a more tricky path to negotiate. He narrowly beat the incumbent Democrat, Yadira Caraveo, in the Eighth Congressional District. The district extends from the edge of Denver to the farm country of northern Colorado. Although a former police officer in Arvada, he nonetheless refrained from criticizing Trumpโ€™s pardons of  the rioters, as Denver TV newscaster Kyle Clark pointed out.

Most of Weld County lies in his district. The county delivers 82% of Coloradoโ€™s crude oil and 56% of its natural gas extraction. The district also has the Vestas factory in Brighton that produces nacelles for wind turbines. Vestas has 1,800 employees in Colorado between that factory and another in Windsor. Evansโ€™ district also has many solar energy installations.

On March 13, Evans visited the Vestas factory, a five-megawatt solar installation near LaSalle, and an oil installation. Bayswater, operator of the latter, proclaims itself a producer of โ€œsome of the cleanest energy molecules in the country and world.โ€

Invited to tag along, Channel 4 gave Evans the time to say that he favored an โ€œall-of-the-above safe, affordable, secure energy supply to bring costs down to consumers and jobs back to the United States.โ€

That โ€œall-of-the-above energy approachโ€ was a key element of the letter signed by Evans and Hurd. Combined with a robust advanced manufacturing sector, the approach โ€œwill support the United Statesโ€™ position as a global energy leader,โ€ the letter said. โ€œBoth our constituencies and the energy industry alike remain concerned about disruptive changes to our nationโ€™s energy tax structure.โ€

Tax credits adopted over the last decade โ€œallowed energy developers to plan with these tax incentives in mind. These timelines have been relied upon when it comes to capital allocation, planning, and project commitments, all of which would be jeopardized by premature credit phase outs or additional restrictive mechanisms such as limiting transferability.โ€

The Evans all-of-the-above tour was arranged by a former Republican state senator, Greg Brophy. Brophy grows watermelons north of Wray and operates an organization called The Western Way. Brophy has been a strong supporter of renewable energy for eastern Colorado and also has a presence on the Western Slope.

Brophy told me that he has organized a similar tour for another member of Congress from Colorado, but it has not been scheduled. He declined to identify the representative.

What if Trump succeeds in rolling back the federal energy tax credits? Energy Innovation, a think tank, estimates increased average household energy costs in Colorado of $180 per year by 2030.

Will other Republicans in Coloradoโ€™s congressional delegation join Evans and Hurd? After all, renewable energy didnโ€™t start out as a partisan issue.

Coloradoโ€™s energy industry has had a slightly rougher go of it, mainly because it specializes in natural gas, not crude oil, and methane prices have been low since the 2009 crash. Note to Jeff Hurd: Revenues were substantially higher under Biden than under Trump I. Just sayinโ€™. Source: ONRR via The Land Desk/Jonathan P. Thompson

Feb 25, 2025: Schultz Lecture in Energy with Tommy Beaudreau — Getches-Wilkinson Center

The construction project to build the Kayenta solar farms on the Navajo Nation, shown here in 2018, employed hundreds of people, nearly 90 percent of whom were Navajo citizens. Renewable energy is drawing increasing attention from tribes and others as a way to build jobs for the future. (Photo from the Navajo Tribal Utility Authority / Navajo Nation)

Click the link for all the inside skinny from the Getches-Wilkinson Center website:

The Getches-Wilkinson Center and Center of the American West will co-host the 16th Annual Schultz Lecture in Energy on February 25, 2025 with special guest, Tommy Beaudreau, former Deputy Secretary of the Interior.

Tuesday, February 25, 2025
6:00-7:30 p.m. (Mountain Time)
Wolf Law Building, Wittemyer Courtroom

A reception will be held immediately following the lecture for all in person registrants. 

Two general CLE credits have been approved for Colorado attorneys.

Register Here

โ€œThe Lords of Yesterday and the Imperatives of Nowโ€

Beaudreau will discuss the structural, legal, and political challenges to energy transition on public lands.  He will provide an exploration of the contemporary problems that must be solved for bringing public lands to bear in energy transition efforts, and how the roots of those issues rest in the legacy of American westward expansion and the displacement of Native people.

Student Lunch and Learns
Tues, February 25, 2025 at the Center of the American West
Wed, February 26, 2025 in Room 207 in Wolf Law

GWC and CWA respectively, will host a lunch and learn for students, where Tommy Beaudreau will share his professional experiences and offered advice and guidance to students and engage in a Q&A session.

Tommy Beaudreau

Tommy Beaudreau is co-chair of WilmerHaleโ€™s Energy, Environment and Natural Resources and Native American Law Practices. Mr. Beaudreau focuses his practice on a broad range of areas including conventional and renewable energy and large-scale infrastructure projects; environmental regulatory, litigation and enforcement matters; crisis management and response; and Tribal matters. In addition, Mr. Beaudreau leads internal investigations and responses to government investigations and congressional oversight.

Mr. Beaudreau served in senior leadership roles in the United States Department of the Interior for nearly a decade across two administrations. Most recently, he served as the Deputy Secretary of the Interior after being confirmed by the US Senate in June 2021 by a vote of 88-9, reflecting his strong reputation as a bi-partisan problem solver. In this role, Mr. Beaudreau was point on the most pressing and high-profile matters before the Department, including energy development on public lands and waters, water infrastructure and delivery to address sustained drought in the American west, infrastructure permitting and critical minerals development, implementation of the historic investments through the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law and Inflation Reduction Act, and a broad range of priorities relative to Indian Country.

Mr. Beaudreau previously served for nearly seven years at the Department of the Interior (DOI) during the Obama Administration, including as the first director of the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Acting Assistant Secretary for Land and Minerals Management, and chief of staff for the Interior Department.

He is a Distinguished Visiting Fellow at the Center on Global Energy Policy (CGEP) at Columbia Universityโ€™s School of International and Public Affairs.


The Schultz Lectureship in Energy

In 2007, the Schultz Lecture in Energy was launched to support an annual lecture by renowned scholars in energy or natural resources law. This series was made possible by the generosity of John H. and Cynthia H. Schultz and allows the Getches-Wilkinson Center (GWC) to bring in thought leaders from across the country. Our speakers address emerging issues and challenges in the oil and gas, energy, and natural resources fields, providing valuable information to policymakers, practitioners, business executives, students, and the academic community.

John Schultz (CU Econ, Political. Science โ€˜51) (CU Law โ€˜53) was an oil and gas attorney whose impactful career in Colorado and the Western U.S. spanned the second half of the 20th century. John Schultz passed away on April 5, 2020, surrounded by family in the comfort of his own home in Lafayette, Colorado. Cynthia Schultz was a University of Colorado administrative staff member who served the University in many ways. She was a member of the Graduate School Advisory Council, the Graduate School Resource Committee, and on the Ad Hoc Task Force on Graduate Education. Cynthia passed away on December 20, 2011. Both Johnโ€™s and Cynthiaโ€™s generosity of time with our students was exceptional.

Their legacies continue, in part, through their substantial gifts to the University of Colorado, Colorado Law, and to the GWC where we are so appreciative of the Schultz familyโ€™s generosity. The familyโ€™s continued commitment means that this lecture can be free and open to the public. The format (normally) includes a public reception following the talk, providing the opportunity to continue a lively discussion, as well as a dinner with the speaker, the extended Schultz family, the Dean, GWC faculty, and several law students.

Copernicus: January 2025 was the warmest on record globally, despite an emerging #LaNiรฑa — World Meteorological Society #ActOnClimate

Surface air temperature anomaly for January 2025 relative to the January average for the period 1991-2020. Data source: ERA5. Credit: C3S/ECMWF.โ€ฏ โ€‹โ€‹โ€‹โ€‹

Click the link to read the report on the Copernicus website:

February 6, 2025

January 2025 โ€“ Surface air temperature and sea surface temperature highlights


Global Temperatures

  • January 2025 was the warmest January globally, with an average ERA5 surface air temperature of 13.23ยฐC, 0.79ยฐC above the 1991-2020 average for January.
  • January 2025 was 1.75ยฐC above the pre-industrial level and was the 18th month in the last nineteen months for which the global-average surface air temperature was more than 1.5ยฐC above the pre-industrial level.
  • The last 12-monthsperiod (February 2024 โ€“ January 2025) was 0.73ยฐC above the 1991-2020 average, and 1.61ยฐC above the estimated 1850-1900 average used to define the pre-industrial level.

*Datasets other than ERA5 may not confirm the 18 months above 1.5ยฐC highlighted here, due to the relatively small margins above 1.5ยฐC of ERA5 global temperatures observed for several months and differences among the various datasets. 

Europe and other regions

  • The average temperature over European land for January 2025 was 1.80ยฐC, 2.51ยฐC above the 1991-2020 average for January, the second warmest after January 2020, which was 2.64ยฐC above average.
  • European temperatures were most above the 1991-2020 average over southern and eastern Europe, including western Russia. In contrast, they were below average over Iceland, the United Kingdom and Ireland, northern France, and northern Fennoscandia.
  • Outside Europe, temperatures were most above average over northeast and northwest Canada, Alaska, and Siberia. They were also above average over southern South America, Africa, and much of Australia and Antarctica.
  • Temperatures were most notably below average over the United States and the easternmost regions of Russia, Chukotka and Kamchatka. The Arabian Peninsula and mainland Southeast Asia also had below-average temperatures.

Sea surface temperature 

  • The average sea surface temperature (SST) for January 2025 over 60ยฐSโ€“60ยฐN was 20.78ยฐC, the second-highest value on record for the month, 0.19ยฐC below the January 2024 record.
  • SSTs were below average over the central equatorial Pacific, but close to or above average over the eastern equatorial Pacific, suggesting a slowing or stalling of the move towards La Niรฑa conditions. SSTs remained unusually high in many other ocean basins and seas.
Monthly global surface air temperature anomalies (ยฐC) relative to 1850โ€“1900 from January 1940 to January 2025, plotted as time series for each year. 2025 is shown with a thick red line, 2024 with a thick orange line, 2023 with a thick yellow line, and all other years with thin grey lines. Data source: ERA5. Credit: Copernicus Climate Change Service /ECMWF.

According to Samantha Burgess, Strategic Lead for Climate at ECMWF:

“January 2025 is another surprising month, continuing the record temperatures observed throughout the last two years, despite the development of La Niรฑa conditions in the tropical Pacific and their temporary cooling effect on global temperatures. Copernicus will continue to closely monitor ocean temperatures and their influence on our evolving climate throughout 2025.โ€

January 2025 โ€“ Hydrological highlights


  • January 2025 saw predominantly wetter-than-average conditions over regions of western Europe, as well as parts of Italy, Scandinavia and the Baltic countries; heavy precipitation led to flooding in some regions.
  • Conversely, drier than average conditions established in northern UK and Ireland, eastern Spain, and north of the Black Sea.
  • Beyond Europe, it was wetter than average in Alaska, Canada, central and eastern Russia, eastern Australia, south-eastern Africa, southern Brazil, with regions experiencing floods and associated damage.
  • Drier than average conditions established in southwestern United States and northern Mexico, northern Africa, the Middle East, across Central Asia and in eastern China as well as in much of southern Africa, southern South America and Australia.

January 2025 โ€“ Sea Ice highlights


  • Arctic sea ice reached its lowest monthly extent for January, at 6% below average, virtually tied with January 2018.
  • In the Arctic region, sea ice concentration anomalies were well below average in the eastern Canadian sector, including Hudson Bay and the Labrador Sea, and in the northern Barents Sea.
  • Antarctic sea ice extent was 5% below average and thus relatively close to average compared to other recent years. This contrasts with the record or near-record values observed in 2023โ€“2024.
  • In the Antarctic region, sea ice concentrations were above average in the Amundsen Sea and generally mixed in other ocean sectors.

More information about climate variables in January and climate updates of previous months as well as high-resolution graphics can be downloaded here.

Other useful links:

Answers to frequently asked questions regarding temperature monitoring can be found here.

Follow near-real-time data for the globe on Climate Pulse here.

More on trends and projections on Climate Atlas here.

Change, #Climate, and Rural Action in 2025 – What federal changes mean for rural climate action — #Colorado Farm & Food Alliance

Click the link to read the article on the Colorado Farm & Food Alliance website:

January 28, 2025

Change is the only constant, all around us at all times. In our natural, human, and political systems, the pace of change feels particularly intense right now. How will we participate in this change, appropriate to its scope and scale, to shape or be shaped by it? 

For the past several years, the Colorado Farm & Food Alliance has focused on three broad โ€œavenuesโ€ (or approaches) for local solutions regarding rural climate action. In each of these, the new federal administration and shift in Congress could impede or derail progress already made and potentially into the future. 

Avenues for climate action that the CO Farm & Food Alliance has focused on are (1) meeting landscape-level conservation goals to secure water supplies and boost ecological and climate resilience; (2) producing more locally generated and community-centered clean energy; and (3) helping small-acreage agricultural producers benefit from and support the shift to more regenerative practices that increase climate mitigation and adaptation, and boost farm health. 

In 2025, we expect ongoing attempts to rollback current environmental and conservation policy โ€“ based on stated intent from the new administration and Congress, along with early action and leadership changes in agencies and on committees โ€“ with a hard shift away from natural resource protection, environmental justice, and climate action. 

The CO Farm & Food Alliance is troubled by this change in federal direction. We will work with partners to defend the progress made and seek opportunities to continue that progress. 

With our model of local action and community-rooted solutions, the CO Farm & Food Alliance will work to prevent harm and continue to advance on all of these fronts in partnership with national and local allies.

meeting landscape-level conservation goals to secure our water supplies, wildlife, and quality of place

The Colorado Farm & Food Alliance began with the premise that healthy lands and clean water protect Colorado farms, food, and drink. At the time of our founding, we sought to unify as a local voice for farm and food leaders who supported the protection of the public lands and water source areas surrounding the North Fork Valley. 

As our focus broadened to include food security and climate change, among other issues, we also recognized that land use, specifically the conservation and restoration of natural places and systems is a powerful way to help address climate anomalies. 

The Colorado Farm & Food Alliance remains committed to working with our partners to secure and maintain protection for critical public and watershed lands in western Colorado. Protecting cherished places such as the Thompson Divide and Clear Fork area, the North Fork Valley, and Dolores Canyons enjoys broad public appeal. 

Conservation also helps address the biodiversity crisis and makes watersheds and Colorado farms more resilient to drought. These iconic landscapes are foundational to the character of this place and its residents. They protect our water supplies, essential wildlife habitats, and popular hunting and recreation areas. This means we will join with others to defend public lands and conservation policies from rollbacks and other emerging threats in Washington. However, there will also be opportunities to champion the importance of public lands to Colorado and highlight their values.

producing more locally produced and community-centered clean energy

Rural communities’ powering of farms, businesses, and homesโ€”and the growth of renewable energy projects in rural areasโ€”can significantly improve peopleโ€™s lives and livelihoods. However, rollbacks to clean energy, environmental justice, and other climate programs could set western Colorado back and be a โ€œgut punchโ€ we do not need. 

The Colorado Farm & Food Alliance supports deploying more community-based renewable energy for farms and rural communities. We will closely monitor how Washington’s changes might impact local communities’ ability to develop their own home-grown power solutions. 

For transitioning coal and power-plant communities, like the North Fork and other places in Colorado, environmental justice means supporting local solutions for front-line communities. This is recognized in climate funding laws passed during the last Congress, which directly benefit places like Craig, Naturita, and Pueblo, as well as communities in Delta County. However, a recent January 2025 White House Executive Order seeks to defund many of these programs.

Despite this, we will continue working with partners to help advance innovative community-based clean energy projects – like the Thistle Whistle Community Solar project. We will advocate for the preservation of funding that allows coal-mining and power-plant communities โ€“ whether rural or urban, red or blue โ€“ to envision and implement their own home-grown energy solutions.

The North Fork River valley. Photo credit: Colorado Farm & Food Alliance

supporting small-acreage agricultural producers in benefiting from a shift to more regenerative practices

The Farm Bill, which is central to agriculture in the United States, was recently extended for a third time. This has made a normally five-year bill into an eight-and-counting ordeal. It is not certain that it will be settled this year, but it will have a far-reaching impact when it is. 

Thatโ€™s because the Farm Bill touches many things, from nutrition to farming to clean energy. Even with an uncertain passage, the debate over this bill will continue in committees in both the House and the Senate, now under narrow Republican control. 

The Farm Bill is one place rural renewables get funded, through the Rural Energy for America Program (REAP). This is another place where cuts might come to clean energy under a new Congress and priority shifts in the administration. 

Clean energy is just one small part of the Farm Bill. Several vital programs funded by this legislation could be at risk of cuts or elimination. These include nutrition programs such as SNAP (โ€œfood stampsโ€) and Doubleup Foodbucks. This program, which could be targeted, addresses hunger in our communities and supports local farmers by increasing SNAP benefits at local farmers’ markets. 

Farm and ranch conservation funding is another area likely to see proposed Farm Bill cuts. This includes helping small-acreage farmers implement more regenerative and climate-adapted practices. Programs that support small-acreage farmers are essential for conservation. In the U.S., the number of farmers is decreasing, but the average size of farms is increasing. Many small farms will be converted to other uses and will not stay in agriculture if farming becomes nonviable.  

The loss of a farm is personally devastating and sends ripples through the local economy. It also limits the type and scope of nature-based climate solutions that can be implemented. In important headwaters and agricultural areas, like the Gunnison River basin, ensuring the viability of agricultureโ€“which smaller and mid-sized farms and ranches dominateโ€“and protecting our farm economies are critical strategies to support rural, farm-based climate action. 

Conservation funding and nutrition programs that allow farmers to provide food directly into local markets are key tools that improve farm outputs, provide income, boost resilience, and address food insecurity in western Colorado. 

The Colorado Farm & Food Alliance is sharing and we will continue to develop new and additional resources to help farmers and others navigate policy and program changes at the USDA and other agencies. We will also highlight growers and ranchers practicing techniques that make their farms and pastures more resilient, productive, and sustainable. Showcasing our successes and our shared work will be important in the years ahead.

A North Fork Orchard. Photo credit: Colorado Farm & Food Alliance

The Future is here: We are it.

Despite all these changes and challenges coming our way, we can find security in our community and shared endeavors. We can create something new, sustainable, and fair that emerges right here. 

But first, we must persist. This means securing and defending what we have and value most. It means standing up for the vulnerable and those people and places that are targets of attack. 

Still, that cannot be all we do. We should neither feel defeated nor content to just wait for a different time. We should imagine new ways to connect with each other now, to celebrate what we cherish and to replicate and share out what we do well.

The future is up to us, but we are mighty together. Now we must become the change we seek.

Gunnison River Basin. By Shannon1 – Own work, CC BY-SA 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=69257550

Gen Z Fears Clean Water Shortages, Displacement Due to #ClimateChange — Walton Family Foundation

Click the link to read the release on the Walton Family Foundation website (Mark Shields):

January 28, 2025

74% of Gen Zers say climate change threatens the clean water supply in the U.S.

WASHINGTON, D.C. โ€” Jan. 28, 2025 โ€” The Walton Family Foundation and Gallup released a new report today examining Gen Zโ€™s experiences with climate change and water issues, shedding light on their concerns about climate events and the potential impact on their generationโ€™s future. The research finds water issues top the list of Gen Zโ€™s climate worries, with individual perspectives shaped by diverse experiences and beliefs.

Of 12 climate-related issues measured in the study, majorities of Gen Zers express โ€œsomeโ€ or โ€œa great dealโ€ of worry about nine, including five related to water. This is true regardless of location, with water pollution and the health of fish and oceans ranking among the top three concerns in every U.S. Census region. While a majority of Gen Zers nationwide (61%) have reported experiencing a water-related climate issue in the past two years, water-related problems are more commonly reported by those in the Central and Western U.S.

When considering how these issues may affect their future, Gen Zers report concern about the availability of clean water and the potential need to relocate. Those who have experienced climate-related events at a higher rate are more likely to worry about these impacts . T here are notable differences across demographic groups. Hispanic (36%) and Black (34%) Gen Zers are more likely than their White (27%) peers to have experienced unsafe tap water . They are also more likely to believe there will not be enough clean water for their generation to live in the future (41% of Hispanic and 34% of Black Gen Zers, compared with 24% of W hite Gen Zers). Adult Gen Zers are significantly more likely to worry about needing to move due to climate change compared with their 12- to 17-year-old counterparts (40% vs. 27%, respectively).

Denver School Strike for Climate, September 20, 2019.

There is large-scale unity among young people on the importance of protecting water quality. Seventy-four percent of Gen Zers say it is โ€œvery importantโ€ to protect oceans, lakes and rivers from pollution, with another 19% saying it is โ€œsomewhat important.โ€ Gen Z acknowledges the adverse effects of climate change on water resources: 74% of Gen Zers say climate change impacts the amount of clean water available in the U.S. โ€œsomewhatโ€ (47%) or โ€œa great dealโ€ (27%). There is solid bipartisan agreement on the inadequacy of current water protection efforts: M ajorities of both Democratic (88%) and Republican (63%) Gen Z adults say the U.S. is โ€œprobablyโ€ or โ€œdefinitelyโ€ not doing enough to protect water.

โ€œGen Z is united in their deep concern for water protection and availability, recognizing it as a critical issue that touches us all โ€” regardless of where we live or who we are,โ€ said Moira Mcdonald, Environment Program Director at the Walton Family Foundation. โ€œAs we look to the future, there’s a growing sense of urgency. Young people fear inheriting a world where clean water is scarce and climate change continues to worsen. We need to work on solutions to ensure clean, safe water remains accessible for generations to come.โ€

Looking ahead, Gen Zers are pessimistic about the trajectory of climate change โ€” 67% believe climate change will worsen in their lifetime. And rates of pessimism are about 10 percentage points higher among those who have recently experienced a climate-related issue such as flooding, drought or unsafe tap water. Among voting-age Gen Zers, majorities of both Democrats and Republicans believe it is very or somewhat unlikely that climate change will be stopped.

Methodology

Results are based on a Gallup Panelโ„ข web survey conducted Aug. 6-14, 2024, with a sample of 2,832 12- to 27-year-olds from across the U.S. The Gallup Panel is a probability-based panel of U.S. adults. Data were weighted to match demographic targets of age, gender, education, race, Hispanic ethnicity and Census region for 12- to 27-year-olds, using the most recent five-year population estimates from the American Community Survey.

Twelve- to 17-year-old children, as well as some 18-year-olds, were reached through adult members of the Gallup Panel who indicated they had at least one child aged 18 or younger living in their household. The remaining 18- to 27-year-old respondents are members of the Gallup Panel.

For the total sample of 2,832 respondents, the margin of sampling error is +/-2.9 percentage points at the 95% confidence level. Margins of error for subgroups are higher; selected subgroups are reported below. All margins of error reported are adjusted to account for the design effect.

Trump unravels US climate agenda as he promises to โ€˜drill, baby, drillโ€™ — Joseph Wintersย &ย Naveena Sadasivam (Grist.org)

John Kerry, then U.S. secretary of state, with China’s special representative on climate change, Xie Zhenhua, at the 2015 Paris climate conference. FRANCOIS MORI / AP PHOTO

Click the link to read the article on the Grist website (Joseph Wintersย &ย Naveena Sadasivam):

January 20, 2025

Within hours of being sworn into office on Monday, President Donald Trump announced a spate of executive orders and policies to boost oil and gas production, roll back environmental protections, withdraw from the Paris climate accord, and undo environmental justice initiatives enacted by former president Joe Biden.

Conventional wisdom โ€” and political donations โ€” would indicate that Republicans are friendlier than Democrats to the oil and gas industry. And, in fact, thatโ€™s probably true: Democrats are more likely to pass regulations on drilling; Republicans are more likely to give oil corporations massive tax cuts. But in spite of all of that, Over the last fifty years, Republican presidents have been more likely to oversee crude oil production declines, while production has generally increased under Democrats, with the exception of the Clinton administration. In fact, the current surge in production began during Obamaโ€™s first year, and has continued through Bidenโ€™s entire term. This doesnโ€™t mean that Democrats spur production. What it means is that more regulations donโ€™t hamper production, and rescinding those regulations โ€” and corporate tax cuts โ€” donโ€™t spur production. There are many forces in play, and the occupant of the White House is merely one of them, and a relatively insignificant one at that. Source: EIA, Land Desk.

Trump has called climate change a โ€œhoax,โ€ and appointed oil industry executives and climate skeptics to his Cabinet. His first-day actions represent a complete remaking of the countryโ€™s climate agenda, and set the tone for his administrationโ€™s approach to energy and the environment over the next four years.

โ€˜Drill, baby, drillโ€˜

Among the most significant actions Trump took Monday was declaring โ€œan energy emergency,โ€ which he framed as part of his effort to rein in inflation and reduce the cost of living. He pledged to โ€œuse all necessary resources to build critical infrastructure,โ€ an unprecedented move that could grant the White House greater authority to expand fossil fuel production. He also signed an executive order โ€œto encourage energy exploration and production on federal lands and waters, including on the Outer Continental Shelf,โ€ and another expediting permitting and leasing in Alaska, including in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge. 

โ€œWe will have the largest amount of oil and gas of any country on Earth, and we are going to use it,โ€ Trump said during his inaugural address. โ€œWe are going to drill, baby, drill.โ€

The U.S. Strategic Petroleum Reserve can store 714 million barrels of crude oil, but currently holds about 395 million. Under his administration, he said, the cache will be filled โ€œup again right to the top.โ€ He also said the country will export energy โ€œall over the world.โ€

โ€œWe will be a rich nation again,โ€ he said, standing inside the Capitol Rotunda, โ€œand it is that liquid gold under our feet that will help.โ€

Richard Klein, a senior research fellow for the international nonprofit Stockholm Environment Institute, noted that fossil fuel companies extracted record-high amounts of oil and gas during the Biden administration. Even if it is technologically possible to boost production further, itโ€™s unclear whether that will reduce prices. 

Dan Kammen, a professor of energy at the University of California, Berkeley, said it is a โ€œdirect falsehoodโ€ that increasing fossil fuel extraction would drive down inflation. He agreed that the U.S. should declare a national energy emergency โ€” but for reasons exactly the opposite of what Trump had in mind. โ€œWe need to quickly move to clean energy, to invest in new companies across the U.S.,โ€ Kammen told Grist.

Denver Waterโ€™s sustainability operations include generating energy from solar power panels installed on the roof of its Administration Building, parking garage and over its visitorโ€™s parking lot at its Operations Complex near downtown. Photo credit: Denver Water.

Exiting the Paris Agreement (again)

Trump delivered on his promise to once again withdraw from the 2015 Paris Agreement, the United Nations pact agreed upon by 195 countries to limit global warming that the new president referred to on Monday as a โ€œrip-off.โ€ In addition to signing an executive order saying the U.S. would leave the agreement โ€” titled Putting America First in International Environmental Agreements โ€” Trump also signed a letter to the United Nations to set the departure in motion. Due to the rules governing the accord, it will take one year to formally withdraw, meaning U.S. negotiators will participate in the next round of talks in Brazil at the end of the year. By this time next year, however, the U.S. could join Iran, Libya, and Yemen as the only nations that arenโ€™t part of the accord. 

โ€œIt simply makes no sense for the United States to voluntarily give up political influence and pass up opportunities to shape the exploding green energy market,โ€ Ani Dasgupta, president and CEO of the nonprofit World Resources Institute, said in a statement. Only 2 in 10 Americans support quitting the Paris Agreement, according to a poll by the Associated Press.

Trumpโ€™s announcement came just 10 days after the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration declared 2024 Earthโ€™s hottest year on record, one marked by life-threatening heat waves, wildfires, and flooding around the world. Experts say things will only get worse unless the U.S. and other countries do more to limit greenhouse gas emissions. 

โ€œMuch of the very fabric of life on Earth is imperiled,โ€ climate scientists wrote last October. They noted then, even before Trumpโ€™s election, that global policies were expected to cause temperatures to climb 2.7 degrees Celsius (6.9 degrees Fahrenheit) by 2100. One analysis by Carbon Brief estimated that a second Trump administration would result in an extra 4 billion metric tons of climate pollution, negating all of the emissions savings from the global deployment of clean energy technologies over the past five years โ€” twice over.

Coyote Gulch’s Leaf in Byers Canyon on the way to Steamboat Springs August 21, 2017.

Reversing course on electric vehicles 

Trump also took action to revoke โ€œthe electric vehicle mandate,โ€ in keeping with his campaign promise to support autoworkers.

โ€œIn other words, youโ€™ll be able to buy the vehicle of your choice,โ€ he said during his inaugural address โ€” even though there isย no national mandateย requiring the sale of electric vehicles and consumers are free to purchase any vehicle of their liking. [ed. emphasis mine] The Biden administration did promote the technology by finalizing rules that limit the amount ofย tailpipe pollution over time so thatย electric vehicles make up the majority of automobiles sold by 2032. Under Biden, the U.S. also launched aย $7,500 tax creditย for consumer purchases of EVs manufactured domestically and planned to funnel roughlyย $7.5 billionย toward building charging infrastructure across the country.ย 

โ€œRolling back incentives to build electric vehicles in the United States is going to cost jobs as well as raise the price of travel,โ€ said Costa Samaras, a professor of civil and environmental engineering at Carnegie Mellon University who served as a senior policy leader in the Biden White House. โ€œFueling up an electric vehicle costs between one-third and one-half as much as driving on gasoline, not to mention the benefits for reducing air pollution. Ultimately, to lower the price of energy for U.S. consumers, we need to diversify the sources of energy that weโ€™re using and ensure that these are clean, affordable, and reliable.โ€

Youth activists rally for climate justice in front of the US Capitol in Washington,DC (photo from earlier in the year). Image: Lorie Shaull,CC BY-SA 2.0, via Wikimedia Commons

Rescinding environmental justice initiatives

Trump signed a single executive order undoing nearly 80 Biden administration initiatives, including rescinding a directive to federal agencies to incorporate environmental justice into their missions. The Biden-era policy protected communities overburdened by pollution and directed agencies to work more closely with them.  

That move was part of a broader push that Trump described as an attempt to create a โ€œcolor-blind societyโ€ by stopping the government from โ€œtrying to socially engineer race and gender into every aspect of public and private life.โ€ Klein said the objective was โ€œembarrassing.โ€ Kammen said it was a โ€œhuge mistakeโ€ to move away from environmental justice priorities.

Cheyenne Ridge, located between Burlington and Cheyenne Wells, near the Kansas border, is one of many wind projects on Coloradoโ€™s eastern plains. Soon, new transmission will enable far more wind and solar projects. Photos/Allen Best Photo credit: Allen Best/The Mountain Town News

Blocking new wind energy 

Trump officially barred new offshore wind leases and will review federal permitting of wind projects, making good on a promise to โ€œend leasing to massive wind farms that degrade our natural landscapes and fail to serve American energy consumers.โ€ The move is likely to be met with resistance from members of his own party. The top four states for wind generation โ€” Texas, Iowa, Oklahoma, and Kansas โ€” are solidly red, and unlikely to acquiesce. Even Trumpโ€™s pick for Interior secretary, Doug Burgum, refused to disavow wind power during a hearing last week, saying he would pursue an โ€œall of the aboveโ€ energy strategy.

Many state and local policymakers, including the members of America Is All In, a climate coalition made up of government leaders and businesses from all 50 states, pledged to take up the mantle of climate action in the absence of federal leadership.

โ€œRegardless of the federal governmentโ€™s actions, mayors are not backing down on our commitment to the Paris Agreement,โ€ said Phoenix Mayor Kate Gallego, in a statement. โ€œOur constituents are looking to us to meet the moment and deliver meaningful solutions.โ€

Looming questions aboutย data centers — Allen Best (@BigPivots) #ActOnClimate

QTS Data Center Aurora June 2024. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

January 2, 2025

Gov. Polis and many utilities say that data centers can benefit just about everybody in Colorado. But others fear impacts to rates and potential setbacks in reduction of emissions.

Under the umbrella of the energy transition were dozens of interesting, important stories in Colorado duringย 2024, including:

  • Tri-State Generation and Transmission Association got the lifeline it so desperately needed toย make the transition from coal in the form of $679 million in assistance from the federal government.ย Sen. Michael Bennet โ€” a key partner in the Inflation Reduction Act sausage-makingย in D.C. in 2022 โ€”ย was there to commemorate it. And United Power, itself independent of Tri-State on May 1, is getting $261.6 million.
  • Pueblo talked a lot about nuclear โ€” and inexplicably began cleavingย itself from the renewable energy that had been very nearly the soleย bright spot of its economy in recent years.
  • Holy Cross Energy achieved 90% renewable generation for a month this fall.
  • United Power broke ground on a natural gas plant, and Platte River Power Authority and everybody else laid plans similar plans for natural gas.
  • Seeds were planted for geothermal to become a viable part of Coloradoโ€™s energy story in Vail, Steamboat and easily a dozen other places across Colorado.

Important stories โ€” these and many others in this energy transition. But easily surpassing them was the story of data centers and their voracious hunger for energy. Could their looming demand  derail Coloradoโ€™s decarbonization plans? Defenders say no, but they are not convincing. And will interests of ratepayers be protected?

Figuring out the public policy to balance public interests and private gain will be a major issue in the 2025 legislative session.

Three years ago, few people outside of Virginiaโ€™s data center alley were talking about data centers. In 2019, there was a half- or less-baked idea of a cryptocurrency mill in Pueblo. Later came a crypto outfit near Montrose.

The era of hyperscale data centers โ€” hyperscale is often defined as having โ€œmassiveโ€ power needs โ€” arrived in early 2022 when Microsoft purchased a 260-acre parcel in Aurora, south of DIA, for $63.5 million.

In February 2023, Mile High CRE, an online news site about commercial development, described the purchase as the first in metropolitan Denver for a hyperscale data center.

โ€œDenver has an edge over more established markets like Silicon Valley or Northern Virginia in that cost of power, cost of land, and cost of construction are lower, environmental risks are not as high, and the central location grants access to a plethora of networks,โ€ it said. What Colorado lacked, the article added, was a competitive incentive package.

In February 2024, State Sen. Kevin Priola introduced a bill that would have extended more tax breaks to data center developers. Big Pivots did write about that in a column that got broad play across Colorado. See: โ€œWhy do data center need tax breaks in Colorado? Theyโ€™re coming anyway.โ€ A few weeks later came news that the data center subsidy bill was postponed. It never got one committee hearing.

Colorado already has one hyperscale data center. Itโ€™s in Aurora, and Mark Jaffee of the Colorado Sun broke the story about QTS in October 2023. (Big Pivots was too busy on a series about water and urban landscapes to chase it).

Two guest columnists in Big Pivots weighed in on the value of data centers. Morey Wolfson, a one-time staffer at the Colorado Energy Office and at the PUC, in September argued against subsidies. Jeff Ackermann, a former chair of the PUC as well as director of the state energy office, in October argued that data centers can have upsides. Meanwhile, the Economist, the New York Times and the Washington Post began writing frequently about data centers โ€” including this story from last week: โ€œEnergy hungry AI firms bet on these moonshot technologies.โ€

Xcel Energy in October delivered the statistics that made this a compelling Colorado story. The electrical utility, responsible for more than half of electrical sales in Colorado, said it needed a staggering 12,500 to 14,000 megawatts of new generation to meet rising demand. To put that into perspective, Rush Creek, Xcelโ€™s wind farm between Limon and Colorado Springs, has a capacity of 600 megawatts.

After average annual growth of 0.7% during the preceding five years, said Xcel, it projected 4% growth compounded annually from 2023 to 2031.

Data centers lie at the center of this projected growth, 62% for energy growth overall and 72% for peak demand, according to Xcelโ€™s Jack Ihle. In an Oct. 15 filing with Colorado regulators, he also said the same base-case forecast saw electric vehicles producing 19% and building electrification 12% of its new demand.

Even without this new demand, Xcel has had trouble getting renewable energy across the finish line. These are projects approved through the electric resource plan from 2021. Supply chain issues have something to do with that.

How will Xcel be able to meet burgeoning demand? And does this imperil Coloradoโ€™s drive to meet its 2030 goal of 50% economy wide reduction in emissions? The stateโ€™s existing modeling already showed the state falling short, and that was without the data centers becoming a major part of the equation. Now comes speculation โ€” and, at this point it is merely that, speculation โ€” that Xcel may find it necessary to keep Comanche 3, its newest and largest coal-fired unit, operating beyond 2030.

That speculation is not completely out of the blue. That is indeed what has happened in Virginia.

Here, I have described Xcel Energy. But data centers could be part of the stories of Tri-State and its members as well as Platte River Power Authority, Black Hills Energy and perhaps others. Even Fort Morgan โ€” a town of 12,000 northeast of Denver, which is supplied by electricity by the Municipal Energy Agency of Nebraska. A Wyoming company, Prometheus Energy, says it intends to create a data center there as well as in Pueblo in 2026, according to one report.

Chris Hansen, one of Coloradoโ€™s most important state legislators in the energy transition, told Big Pivots in November that one of his larger disappointments in leaving the Legislature to manage La Plata Electric was that he wouldnโ€™t be able to advance legislation to address the data center issue and help Colorado avoid the problems of Virginia. Hansen has handed the work off to State Rep. Kyle Brown, a Democrat from Louisville. Brown has a background in health care, and he will never have the adroit voice of a Chris Hansen or a Steve Fenberg, but he has demonstrated in his two years that he is a capable, solid legislator.

Yesterday, Gov. Jared Polis was in my neighborhood, and I got in a few minutes to talk with him about passenger rail and data centers. I asked him explicitly whether the growth in demand from data centers would imperil Coloradoโ€™s goal of achieving 50% economy wide decarbonization.

No, he said. Done right, growth in data centers can be a win-win for consumers and the utilities.

โ€œData centers are a broad category of electricity users, but I would say in the right time, in the right place, data centers can play a very important role in improving the reliability and sustainability of the grid, just like if theyโ€™re in the wrong place at the wrong time, they can add transmission costs,โ€ he replied. โ€œItโ€™s really about what, when and where, and how that factors into grid resiliency as we move towards clean energy.โ€

I persisted with a question about the need for legislation. He did not answer directly:

โ€œIf thereโ€™s a way to bring in more data centers working with some of the larger providers in areas that make sense, that help us reduce costs for Colorado consumers and improve grid resiliency, then we should explore those.โ€

I suspect Xcel would be happy with his phrasing. However, we are already seeing upward price pressures in renewables because of supply chain and other issues. If that upward migration coupled with rapid growth in demand produces sharply higher consumer costs, there could be strong pushback. That could delay Coloradoโ€™s progress toward its decarbonization goals. The debate in the PUC proceedings about Xcelโ€™s just transition electric-resource plan in coming months should be lively. That applies, too, to the debates in the Colorado Legislature.

Thereโ€™s lots of good journalism to be had here for Big Pivots going into 2025. Itโ€™s one of many good stories across Colorado deserving deeper dives.

Xcel was reluctant to go forward with its first major wind farm, completed in 2004, but now has much wind โ€” and will add far more in the next few yeas. Photo near Cheyenne Wells, Allen Best

Jimmy Carterโ€™s overlooked #Colorado nexus: The late president had nuclear training but an interest in renewable energy with impact in Colorado lingering to this day — Allen Best (@BigPivots)

Jimmy Carter at NREL in 1978.

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

January 2, 2024

Jimmy Carter had an underappreciated role in Coloradoโ€™s story. It started in May 1978 when he announced that the Solar Energy Research Institute in Golden would get $100 million in federal funding.

โ€œNobody can embargo sunlight,โ€ Carter said. โ€œNo cartel controls the sun. Its energy will not run out. It will not pollute the air; it will not poison our waters. Itโ€™s free from stench and smog. The sunโ€™s power needs only to be collected, stored and used.โ€

It was a rare umbrella day in Golden. Carterโ€™s timing for his proclaimed โ€œSun Dayโ€ was off.  But he was on the mark about solar energy in ways that we have yet to fully appreciate.

Carter had advanced schooling in nuclear energy, but by 1975 he was thinking about renewables. He invited Ron Larson, an electrical engineering professor from Georgia Tech, to share lunch and talk about renewable energy.

โ€œAt that time there wasnโ€™t much to photovoltaics,โ€ says Larson. โ€œIt was over $100 a watt. Now itโ€™s less than $1 a watt.โ€

Larson moved to Colorado in 1977 to work as SERIโ€™s first principal scientist and stayed in multiple roles in helping pivot our energy use. Since then, thousands have followed.

One component of SERIโ€™s mission to advance use of solar energy was outreach to 300 builders and architects in Colorado to help them learn how to construct houses with lessened need for fossil fuels.

John Avenson, an engineer with AT&T/Bell Labs, was among the beneficiaries. The house in Westminster that he built in 1981 faces south and has large windows coupled with effective shades.

On Facebook the day after Carterโ€™s death, Avenson rued the widespread failure to acknowledge Carterโ€™s early thinking. โ€œEvery house built since then should have been this good or better but the program was cancelled by (President Ronald) Reagan,โ€ he wrote.

Avensonโ€™s house near Standley Lake Reservoir was built with a natural gas furnace. He rarely used it, his gas bills never surpassing $180 for a full year. After tweaking and new technology, he was finally satisfied the house would do fine at 20 below without the furnace. In 2016 he had Xcel Energy stub the gas line.

When I visited him on New Yearโ€™s Eve, he was wearing a T-shirt and shorts. โ€œIโ€™m an Arizona kind of person,โ€ he said. He keeps the house at 72 to 78 degrees. It will be featured on a Jan. 25 broadcast on PBS.

I asked Avenson about Carterโ€™s death. โ€œOh, so sad,โ€ he replied. โ€œHe influenced my life and didnโ€™t know it.โ€

Steve Andrews was also influenced by Carter. A veteran of the Vietnam War, he had used the GI Bill of Rights to take college classes in basic engineering. That led to an internship and then a job at SERI. He wrote the guidebook for the 1981 Denver Homebuilders annual Parade of Homes featuring a dozen passive-solar homes across the Denver metro area.

Then, Andrews got laid off. As president, Reagan had no real use for renewable energy. He famously removed the 32 solar panels that Carter had placed atop the White House. He also halved SERIโ€™s budget. Andrews, a recent hire, was among the first to go. The mission of SERI was also narrowed, pushing outreach to the back burner. The director, Denis Hayes, was fired after accusing his bosses at the U.S. Department of Energy of being โ€œdull gray men in dull gray suits thinking dull gray thoughts.โ€

Later, under a former oilman, President George H.W. Bush, SERI was resurrected as the National Renewable Energy Laboratory. NREL has now expanded to a staff of 3,675 employees and broadened its influence.

Can it be mere coincidence that Colorado, in 2004, had the nationโ€™s first voter-initiated renewable energy portfolio standard? Or that Colorado in recent years has adopted a dozen or more first-in-nation policies and regulations designed to curb greenhouse emissions? We might be guilty of parochial pride, but there can be no doubt that Colorado belongs in any national conversation about the pivot to a new energy economy, to use the title of former Gov. Bill Ritterโ€™s center that is affiliated with Colorado State University.

Ironically, passive-house building has gotten little traction. The economics are unassailable, and the technology just isnโ€™t that difficult. It does take basic site-planning. Andrews, in his post-SERI career, once calculated that 85% of houses in metro Denver face east or west. That results in unwanted summer heat, but little in winter, when it is wanted. Housing should face north and south.

Colorado has decades of work ahead in decarbonizing its buildings. We need to remember what Jimmy Carter understood nearly 50 years ago.

Also worth reading: โ€œJimmy Carter, Green Energy Visionary,โ€ by Bill McKibben in The New Yorker.

Denver Waterโ€™s administration building is powered by solar panels. Photo credit: Denver Water.

Our imperiled public lands: President-elect Trump, a Republican-dominated Congress and #Utah launch an all-out assault on environmental protection — Jonathan P. Thompson (High Country News)

Welcome to theย Landline, a monthly newsletter fromย High Country Newsย about land, water, wildlife, climate and conservation in the Western United States.ย Sign upย to get it in your inbox. Screenshot from the High Country News website.

Click the link to read the article on the High Country News website (Jonathan P. Thompson):

December 26, 2024

In mid-November, 10 days after 77 million of our fellow Americans chose Donald J. Trump to be their next president, I found myself at the old Navajo Bridge, which spans Marble Canyon and the Colorado River downstream from Lees Ferry in northern Arizona. I got out of my car, stretched and ambled toward the pedestrian bridge, which mirrors the newer one for automobiles.

As I reached the bridge, I noticed some onlookers looking intently downstream with binoculars. I followed their gaze to see a trio of giant, bald-headed, feathered creatures perched on the steel beams of the automobile bridge, looking a bit like the flying monkeys in the old Wizard of Oz film. They were California condors, maybe 10 in all, apparently waiting for an afternoon carrion snack to float by on the slow-moving emerald waters far below.

I wandered back and forth on the bridge for the next hour or so, stopping frequently to snap another photo, meditate vertiginously on the river and limestone cliffs or to gaze again in awe at the magnificent, uncanny creatures. Politics and the election results became irrelevant, at least for a moment, and it was with a newfound sense of serenity that I finally got back into the car and headed north.

Condors 6Y and 2A (Iโ€™m sure they have their own, more interesting names, but โ€ฆ) at the Navajo Bridge. According to condorspotter.com, 6Y is a male born in March 2019 at the Oregon Zoo. And 2A is a female hatched at the World Center for Birds of Prey in May 2021. Jonathan P. Thompson photo.

My mental calm was quickly shattered, however, as news trickled out about Trumpโ€™s Cabinet picks and plans. It is becoming increasingly clear that we are entering a perilous political era in which the federal governmentโ€™s role is fundamentally altered. This includes a multi-pronged assault on our public lands and the rules, regulations, laws and agencies designed to protect them. Those condors on the Colorado River could be among the many victims.

Judging from the record of Trumpโ€™s first term, his campaign platform, his Cabinet picks so far and Project 2025, the right wingโ€™s โ€œpresidential playbook,โ€ itโ€™s clear that he will once again attempt to dismantle the administrative state โ€” and heโ€™ll likely be better at it this time. The destruction will include gutting federal agencies, replacing experienced staffers with Trump loyalists and eviscerating protections for human health and the environment. The goal is to shrink the government, slash spending on safety nets and social programs to fund more tax cuts for the wealthy, and (of course) remove regulatory barriers standing in the way of ever-growing corporate profits. With the likes of Elon Musk buying his way into the administration, it promises to be a government of the billionaires, by the billionaires, and for the billionaires.

Trump actually summed up this ethos better than I ever could in a social media post, when he vowed to give anyone who invested at least $1 billion โ€œin the United States of America โ€ฆ fully expedited approvals and permits, including, but in no way limited to, all Environmental approvals. GET READY TO ROCK!!!โ€ He seemed to be responding to global mining corporation Rio Tinto, which is behind the proposed Resolution Copper Mine at Oak Flat in Arizona, urging the new administration to weaken environmental laws and expedite permitting for big mines.

During his first term, Trump made his hostility toward public lands clear as he reduced national monuments and rolled back regulations on fossil fuel extraction. This time, he promises a repeat performance, backed by a GOP-dominated Congress, a conservative-leaning Supreme Court and an army of professional ideologues who have been eagerly preparing for this moment for the last four years.

We can expect him to try to shrink or entirely rescind national monuments โ€” particularly Bears Ears, Grand Staircase-Escalante and the Baaj Nwaavjo Iโ€™tah Kukveni-Ancestral Footprints of the Grand Canyon โ€” potentially reopening hundreds of thousands of acres of uranium-rich lands to new mining claims during a time when the domestic uranium industry is experiencing a revival.

He will likely reward petroleum companies for donating generously to his campaign by implementing his โ€œdrill baby drillโ€ policies. Heโ€™ll open up more public land to oil and gas leasing, including in the Alaskan Arctic, and rescind drilling bans on Thompson Divide in western Colorado and around Chaco Culture National Historical Park in New Mexico. Heโ€™ll roll back new EPA rules aimed at reducing greenhouse gas and mercury pollution from coal power plants.

If Trumpโ€™s hunger for โ€œenergy dominanceโ€ and corporate freedom donโ€™t come for your public lands, the โ€œCult of Efficiencyโ€ probably will. Musk donated $277 million to Trumpโ€™s campaign. In return, he has been chosen to co-chair the so-called Department of Government Efficiency, or DOGE, where he has vowed to slash some $2 trillion in allegedly โ€œwastefulโ€ spending.

What this will actually mean remains unclear. But Trumpโ€™s suggestion that he may try to privatize the U.S. Postal Service because itโ€™s not โ€œprofitableโ€ and must be โ€œsubsidizedโ€ gives a good indication of what Muskโ€™s quasi-department will be targeting. The USPS is designed to provide a public good, not a profit, and its priorities are fulfilling that mission, not maximizing efficiency. After all, how could delivering a letter to some remote rural backwater for some 50 cents ever be efficient?

And if the USPS is a problem, then what about public lands and the agencies that manage them? Sure, they provide ecological benefits, stewardship of and free access to millions of acres of stunning landscapes, wildlife habitat and so much more. And yet, they are โ€œsubsidizedโ€ to the tune of tens of billions of dollars each year, making them ripe for Muskโ€™s chopping block. Utah, with the support of other conservative states, has offered to make Muskโ€™s job easier with a lawsuit seeking to seize control of the โ€œunappropriatedโ€ federal land in its midst. Because those states canโ€™t afford to manage those lands at a loss, they would almost certainly sell them off to private interests.

And what about those condors? For years, industry and conservative politicians have tried to weaken the Endangered Species Act because it stood in the way of development and profits. Project 2025 calls for an escalation of these efforts, which now have more support in Congress โ€” and from the efficiency cult.

The federal government has spent at least $35 million so far on the California condor program. Itโ€™s an effort that has so far paid off by helping to bring the species back from the brink of extinction; the wild population is up to almost 600 from an 1980s low of just 22 birds. Public goods such as species restoration simply donโ€™t fit into narrow Muskโ€™s profit-focused vision. And the condor remains fragile, threatened by lead poisoning, power lines, wind turbines and avian influenza, and it is not yet self-sustaining.

In the weeks since the election, Iโ€™ve seen a number of pundits, politicians and even advocates calling on land, water and air defenders to take a more conciliatory approach, to forge alliances with oil and gas companies, to abandon calls to โ€œkeep it in the ground,โ€ to work with Republicans to speed up permitting reform in order to expedite renewable energy development, even if it does mean more fossil fuel development as well. Yet if ever there was a timeย notย to give in, this is it. Americaโ€™s public lands are under unprecedented attack from nearly every front. Now we need to be even more vigilant and fierce in our defense of it. [ed. emphasis mine]

Out on that bridge, something compelled me to hang my body a little too far over the rail so I could gaze straight through the empty space toward the river. My vertigo was overcome by the thrill of seeing, just below me on a steel girder, a juvenile condor, its pink beak jutting from a thatch of dark brown feathers. That, I thought, is certainly worth fighting for.

Condors perched on steel girders some 450 feet above the Colorado River. Jonathan P. Thompson photo.

Why we need the interstate highways of electricity — Allen Best (@BigPivots) #ActOnClimate

Colorado Springs. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

December 19, 2024

Transmission line in southeast Colorado a cause for guarded optimism among utility leaders

Interstate highways have transformed Colorado and America altogether. People growing up in the 1950s rarely had fresh fruit or vegetables in winter. Now, broccoli beheaded yesterday in a field near Yuma, Ariz., can be on a store shelf in metro Denver within a day or two. Much of that journey will be on an interstate highway.

High-voltage transmission lines are our four-lane highways of electricity. They worked well enough when giant coal plants provided most of our electricity. Now, as Colorado and other states strive to replace fossil fuels with renewables, new connections must be built, to knit us together across broader areas.

A federal agency this week delivered cause for cautious optimism. The Department of Energy has picked three transmission corridors among 10 national candidates for advanced work. One of them, the Southwestern Grid Connector Corridor, would begin in southeast Colorado near Lamar, and work south into New Mexico and then somewhat west.

The 2021 Bipartisan Infrastructure Law authorized the secretary of energy to designate any geographic area as a national interest electric transmission corridor. The energy department has found that absence of transmission harms consumers. With more transmission, we can share low-cost renewable generation across broader areas. We need an electric grid larger than one weather system and covering more than one time zone.

The existing transmission network is akin to our highways of 50 to 60 years ago. We have transmission, but itโ€™s as if Interstate 70 stopped at the state line. In fact, transmission lines do. Colorado is in the Western electrical grid of 10 states and some adjoining areas. This grid, however, is better understood as a collection of 34 different islands connected by narrow causeways.

โ€œA cautious hurrah,โ€ said Mark Gabriel, the CEO of United Power when I asked his reaction. The Brighton-based electrical cooperative supplies 113,000 members from the foothills to Weld Countyโ€™s oil and gas fields, including many new industrial centers along I-76.

โ€œAnything that promotes additional transmission is a good thing,โ€ said Gabriel. โ€œHowever, the challenge remains in actually getting something constructed in a reasonable period of time to make a difference.โ€

Gabriel pointed out that more than $40 billion in transmission projects have been announced. โ€œOnly a fraction are actually being built.โ€

Permitting has been the bane of many transmission projects. For example, it took 18 years before the TransWest Express Transmission project that will ferry wind-generated electricity from southern Wyoming to Utah and West Coast markets finally broke ground in 2023. It nicks the corner of northwest Colorado.

A bill being negotiated in Congress would ease federal permitting requirements to allow more rapid creation of transmission lines. Other provisions of the Energy Permitting Reform Act of 2024 would also benefit oil and gas extraction.

Tri-State Generation and Transmission, the wholesale provider for 17 of Coloradoโ€™s 22 electrical cooperatives, pointed to the need for streamlined permitting in its reaction to the transmission line in southeastern Colorado.

Transmission doesnโ€™t come cheap. And just as interstate highways have their unsavory aspects โ€” my companion and I can routinely hear I-70 roaring a mile away โ€” transmission lines have their downsides. Who wants one in their backyard?

Baca County has Coloradoโ€™s best wind resource and it gets plenty of sunshine. Lacking has been transmission. Top photo transmission in Colroado Springs. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Some want to believe nuclear energy will solve all of our problems. The Pueblo City Council, while saying nice things about nuclear, intends to scrap a goal of 100% renewables by 2035. Maybe nuclear will be an answer, but recent projects have had eye-bulging costs. Natural gas has problems, too, as was evident in Winter Storm Uri of February  2021 when costs soared.

Chris Hansen, as a state legislator from Denver, sponsored key legislation to push transmission planning in Colorado. Now in Durango as CEO of La Plata Electric, he has started working on guiding his electrical cooperative to 97% emission-free electricity in the next decade. Transmission, he says, will be crucial.

Capacity of existing transmission lines can be expanded by reconductoring and other technology. But we altogether need to be better connected east and west, north and south.

One crucial question, says Hansen, is whether Denver-based Chris Wright, the choice of Donald Trump to be secretary of energy, will support continued transmission planning. His Colorado-based career has been in oil and gas. Wright sees renewables as a distant solution.

Southeastern Colorado brims with renewable energy potential. Baca County has Coloradoโ€™s best wind, according to a 2017 study by the National Renewable Energy Laboratory. It also has strong solar. Thatโ€™s why corn grows so well there โ€” assuming it has water. The water of the Ogallala Aquifer wonโ€™t last, but the solar and wind almost certainly will. What it lacks now is a farm-to-market transmission highway.

Accelerating Responsible Clean Energy Development: Audubonโ€™s Efforts in 2024

Avangridโ€™s Manzana Wind Power Project in the Tehachapi area in Rosamond, California. Photo: Sydney Walsh/Audubon

Click the link to read the release on the Audubon website (Garry George):

October 18, 2024

From warbler research to transmission line placement, Audubon staff worked on planning with birds and people in mind.

This year wind and solar generation in the U.S. surpassed coal for the first time, and solar is expected to supply most of the growth in electricity generation through 2025. The Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) continues to be a major catalyst for this momentum by providing substantial incentives that include tax credits for renewable energy and transmission projects. At the state and local level, clean energy goals and mandates, new jobs, and economic and community benefits are driving the growth of renewables. 

Transitioning to clean energy is crucial for protecting hundreds of North American bird species from climate change, but infrastructure must be sited and operated with birds and people in mind. Audubon staff and chapters across the U.S. are working with planners, developers, and federal and state agencies to achieve this goal. Over the last 12 months, Audubon has been involved in the planning, permitting, siting, or operation of over 36 gigawatts of onshore and offshore wind and solar projects, as well as almost 45 gigawatts of transmission capacity. This conservation work includes providing recommendations on siting, permitting, monitoring, and research, grounded in Audubon’s extensive science and policy advocacy for birds and their habitats. 

Here are some of this yearโ€™s efforts across the network:  

Transmission Lines in Minnesota 

In May, Minnesota made a significant move by passing legislation to allowย transmission lines alongside highways, thanks to the efforts ofย Audubon Upper Mississippi Riverย and their work with the NextGen Highways coalition. Audubonโ€™sย Birds and Transmissionย reportย shows that placing transmission lines on existing rights-of-way minimizes the overall transmission footprint, leaving more habitat intact and reducing the chance of collisions. This approach advances the clean energy transition while ensuring that Minnesotaโ€™s birds and communities benefit from responsibly sited transmission.ย 

Canada Geese fly above transmission lines. Mjsimage/Shutterstock

Getting Build Ready for Clean Energy in Washington 

Audubon Washington is working with local chapters Lower Columbia Basin Audubon Society, Vancouver Audubon Society, and others to accelerate the state’s transition to clean energy on several fronts. The Audubon Washington team is championing a new Build Ready Clean Energy Program and advocating for the creation of a Clean Energy Development Authority to help meet the stateโ€™s clean electricity mandates. By joining forces with the NextGen Transmission coalition and actively participating in the Western Clean Energy Advocates (WCEA), Audubon is making its voice heard on key energy and transmission issues. Theyโ€™ve also weighed in on the stateโ€™s environmental impact assessments for major transmission projects, utility-scale solar, and onshore wind. Audubon has also conducted in-depth spatial analyses, pinpointing areas in Eastern Washington as candidate sites for low-conflict solar development. 

Monument Planning in California 

Whileย Audubon Californiaย co-leads the effort to designate theย Chuckwalla National Monumentย in Californiaโ€™s desert, Audubon has joined solar industry leaders and conservationists to secure monument status for this unique landscape while ensuring the designation would not impede solar development in designated areas outside the monument and existing and planned transmission development through the monument. By balancing conservation with clean energy needs, this collaborative effort aims to protect the Chuckwallaโ€™s important habitat and natural beauty while paving the way for responsible development.

A Prothonotary Warbler is fitted with a tracker. Photo: Erik Johnson/Audubon Delta

Warbler Research in Louisiana, Kansas, Arkansas, and Ohio 

In May and June, Audubon Delta and partners fitted over 50 Prothonotary Warblers with tiny trackers across Louisiana, Kansas, Arkansas, and Ohio. The multi-sensor geolocators will collect data on the flight behavior of these songbirds as they migrate across the Gulf of Mexico. The information gathered from returning birds will offer new insights into their use of airspace and their responses to inclement weather. This research will aid in assessing collision risks for offshore wind projects in the region and support improved planning and siting efforts. 

Reasonably foreseeable development scenario solar area relative to total area of lands available for application. Credit: Bureau of Land Management

Solar Development in Western States 

The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) finalized in a plan for how utility-scale PV solar will be sited and permitted on 30 million acres of public lands across 11 states. In April, Audubon filed detailed comments on the Draft EIS that recommended improvements to BLMโ€™s Solar PEIS, with a focus on avoiding and minimizing impacts to birds by prioritizing project development on degraded lands and close to transmission lines. Audubon also filed similar joint comments in a letter to BLM leadership in collaboration with four conservation organizations and five solar development companies. More than 2,900 Audubon supporters sent comments to the BLM in support of this approach. The Final EIS, released in August, improves on the initial draft, but further improvements are needed in plan implementation to streamline permitting for rapid deployment of solar energy on low conflict lands. 

Golden Eagle in flight. By Tony Hisgett from Birmingham, UK, CC BY 2.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=18249270

Improved Permitting for Wind Projects 

In February, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) made their incidental take permitting program under the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Actย more efficientย in ways that support the buildout of wind energy while benefitting Bald and Golden Eagle conservation. As part of the permit program, clean energy developers will commit to conservation measures and monitoring at their wind project and transmission sites, and the FWS will set the maximum number of eagles and eagle nests that might be harmed by wind energy and transmission without prosecution under the federal law. Audubonย advocated for these improvementsย alongside conservation and industry partners to help advance wind energy development while protecting eagles.ย 

The Offshore Wind panel during Climate Week NYC 2024. Photo: Darien Fiorino/Audubon

Offshore Wind Development 

During Climate Week NYC, Audubon hosted a panel on the future of offshore wind in the United States. As of September, the U.S. has approved ten lease areas for offshore wind projects, representing more than 15 gigawatts of energy. Thatโ€™s enough to power 5.25 million homes, and equivalent to half of the capacity needed to achieve the national goal of permitting 30 gigawatts of offshore wind by 2030. Audubon has been engaged on each project every step of the way, filing science-based comments that point to key areas that should be avoided for birds and sharing recommendations for research and operation. This is a collaborative effort with conservation partners as well as Audubonโ€™s coasts and seabird experts and state coastal offices in the Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Pacific. In the Atlantic, Audubon has a seat on the Regional Wildlife Science Collaborative for Offshore Wind (RWSC), which released a new research plan in January and announced funding commitments from federal agencies and developers to implement the plan.  

Visit Audubon’s Birds and Clean Energy page for more information. 

The Crossing Trails Wind Farm between Kit Carson and Seibert, about 150 miles east of Denver, has an installed capacity of 104 megawatts, which goes to Tri-State Generation and Transmission. Photo/Allen Best

Election Throws Uncertainty Onto Bidenโ€™s Signature #Climate Law — Inside Climate News

President Joe Biden signs H.R. 5376, the โ€œInflation Reduction Act of 2022โ€, Tuesday, August 16, 2022, in the State Dining Room of the White House. (Official White House Photo by Cameron Smith)

Click the link to read the article on the Inside Climate News website (Nicholas Kusnetz):

October 19, 2024

President Joe Bidenโ€™s signature climate change law passed Congress by the narrowest of margins, without a single Republican in favor. GOP leaders have attacked the bill and promised to repeal it.

Yet despite the lawโ€™s hyper-partisan creation story, the Inflation Reduction Act, or IRA, could prove difficult to roll back, whatever the outcome of next monthโ€™s election.

The IRA was the nationโ€™s largest single investment in reducing climate-warming pollution, with an array of programs that are beginning to shower the economy with grants, loans and tax incentives. The total sum is expected to reach into the hundreds of billions of dollars over a decade, funding that will leverage much more in private investment. And by design, the money is flowing throughout the country, with most of it being spent in conservative-leaning states.

One report by E2, a pro-environment business group, identified at least 334 โ€œclean energy and clean vehicleโ€ projects announced since the lawโ€™s enactment, with the potential to create 110,000 jobs. Those projects were spread across 40 states, with nearly 60 percent in congressional districts represented by Republicans.

Another assessment, by the Rhodium Group, examined total โ€œclean technologies and infrastructureโ€ investment by businesses and consumers in the two years after the billโ€™s enactment, and found it had climbed to nearly $500 billion, a 71 percent increase from the two preceding years.

โ€œThis is a huge investment. We are really seeing its impacts,โ€ said Jackie Wong, a senior advisor to the NRDC Action Fund, an environmental political advocacy group that has endorsed Kamala Harris. โ€œThis isnโ€™t just about climate. This is also about public health and about jobs and about revitalizing American manufacturing.โ€

Trump and his advisers and spokespeople have said he would seek to roll back the lawโ€™s spending, a step Wong said โ€œwould be devastating for climate and economic health.โ€

And yet all the spending that has begun going out helps explain why there might not be much appetite in Congress for a wholesale repeal. In August, 18 House Republicans sent a letter to Speaker Mike Johnson urging caution in any efforts to reform or repeal the law, noting that its tax credits for clean energy โ€œhave spurred innovation, incentivized investment, and created good jobs in many parts of the countryโ€”including many districts represented by members of our conference.โ€ 

The lawโ€™s designโ€”which created, expanded or extended a wide array of tax credits for everything from wind and solar power generation to battery manufacturing, electric vehicles, clean hydrogen production and sustainable aviation fuelโ€”has made it broadly popular among businesses big and small. Now that those credits are in place, industry leaders expect them to last, said Frank Maisano, a senior principal at Bracewell LLP, a law and lobbying firm that represents clients across the energy industry.

โ€œThey think this is not going away because of the good things it can do,โ€ Maisano said. He added that the bill included policies that have generally drawn bipartisan support, and that while it may get tweaked, โ€œI donโ€™t think Congress is going to go back on these things that are happening in their districts.โ€

But if a full repeal is unlikely, many of the lawโ€™s supporters worry that a second Trump administration or a Republican-controlled Congress could use executive authority, hearings or oversight to constrain or reshape spending in ways that would undermine the lawโ€™s goals.

The tax credits, for example, require guidance issued by the Treasury Department to help define which projects are eligible. In the case of a clean hydrogen tax credit, a Trump administration could issue guidance that would skew the credit toward more polluting fossil fuel projects. For electric vehicles or wind and solar generation, new guidance could restrict how many vehicles or projects qualify for the credits or could simply cast uncertainty over the programsโ€™ future, discouraging private investment.

Derek Sylvan, strategy director at the Institute for Policy Integrity at New York University, said the tax credits have the potential to drive tremendous emissions cuts with hundreds of billions of dollars in benefits. But many, like the hydrogen credit, have the potential to be skewed in favor of fossil fuels or other polluting technologies.

โ€œThat could be really huge,โ€ Sylvan said. โ€œYou could imagine that for any particular tax credit, if that changes and suddenly a lot of funds are going to activities that have pretty limited or even negative climate benefits, that could certainly undermine the climate impacts of the IRA.โ€

A study published last year in Science estimated that the IRA is expected to slash the nationโ€™s climate pollution 43 percent to 48 percent below 2005 levels by 2035, compared to an expected reduction of 27 percent to 35 percent without the legislation.

This graph shows the globally averaged monthly mean carbon dioxide abundance measured at the Global Monitoring Laboratoryโ€™s global network of air sampling sites since 1980. Data are still preliminary, pending recalibrations of reference gases and other quality control checks. Credit: NOAA GML

Many of the IRAโ€™s programs came in the form of grants, loans or direct spending that has already been committed. One of the largest is the Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund, a $27 billion โ€œgreen bankโ€ program. Most of that money was awarded in August to nonprofits, which will now be able to lend the funds directly to emissions-cutting projects or distribute them to a network of green banks around the country. Some of its programs are intended to benefit communities that have limited access to financing for things like rooftop solar or energy-efficiency retrofits.

Reed Hundt, chief executive of the Coalition for Green Capital, one of the recipients, said the fund differs from tax credits because his group can choose projects that will have outsized climate impacts. It is also looking to fund projects in rural and often conservative states that might be less likely to get commercial loans for renewable energy projects, Hundt said.

The Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund money has been obligated, meaning it would take violating a contract to pull it back. But a hostile administration or Congress could use hearings, oversight or staff cuts to make it harder for the banks to spend the money, said Kyle Kammien, policy director of the Green For All program at Dream.org, an advocacy group focused on green jobs and criminal justice.

โ€œIn some ways itโ€™s safe, but you could see how political levers could make it less effective or slow it down,โ€ Kammien said.

For other programs, simply cutting staffing at agencies could make it harder to spend money thatโ€™s already been obligated.

Still, the architects of the IRA designed it with elections in mind, said Kate Gordon, a former senior adviser to U.S. Energy Secretary Jennifer Granholm and now chief executive of California Forward, an economic development nonprofit. The billโ€™s timelines, its broad distribution of funding across the economy and the country, were all meant to make it more popular and durable.

โ€œIt brings a lot more people and places into the conversation versus your typical government policy that says, โ€˜We are going to build a big thing,โ€™โ€ Gordon said. She told the story of a visit she made to a summit in Wyoming organized by the stateโ€™s governor and senators, neither of whom had voted for the IRA.

โ€œThey didnโ€™t vote for it for political reasons, Iโ€™m sure, but they were 100 percent in in taking advantage of it,โ€ Gordon said. She compared the IRA to President Barack Obamaโ€™s health care legislation, which was attacked for years but has remained in place.

โ€œMy gut is that there will be a lot of talk about repealing things,โ€ she said, โ€œand not a lot of action.โ€

Trump and Harris have clashing records on clean energy, but the clean power shift is too broad for any president toย control

Intersect Powerโ€™s Oberon Solar + Storage Facility in Riverside, Calif. Michael Slider, U.S. Department of Energy/Flickr, CC BY-ND

Daniel Cohan, Rice University

Although Vice President Kamala Harris touts clean energy and Donald Trump makes misleading assertions and false claims about it, neither candidate has set forth a comprehensive energy plan. Even if they do, a gridlocked Congress would be unlikely to pass it.

Instead, the next presidentโ€™s greatest influence on clean energy will come through their handling of legislation and regulations put in place since 2021 under the Biden-Harris administration. As an environmental engineer who studies energy and climate change, I expect that Harris, who has strongly supported these policies, would follow through on them, while Trumpโ€™s record as president suggests that he would try to roll them back. Trade policies toward China, the leading producer of clean energy technologies, will also be key. https://www.youtube.com/embed/hoycdE1G0C0?wmode=transparent&start=0 Donald Trump and Kamala Harris discuss clean energy policy during their presidential campaign debate on Sept. 10, 2024.

Legislation and regulations

Three bills passed by Congress under Biden and Harris โ€“ the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, the Inflation Reduction Act and the CHIPS and Science Act โ€“ have transformed U.S. energy policy. The three bills allocated hundreds of billions of dollars for building infrastructure, providing incentives for clean energy manufacturing and purchases, and funding clean energy research.

None of these measures is likely to be completely overturned, since each funds numerous projects in red states. But implementation by the next administration will determine how effectively they stimulate clean energy growth.

For example, the Treasury and Energy departments will decide which projects can receive incentives and loans. Other agencies, such as the Advanced Research Projects Agency-Energy, known as ARPA-E, will allocate clean energy research funding.

The Environmental Protection Agency will also play a crucial role. Under the Biden-Harris administration, the EPA issued its most stringent regulations ever for controlling emissions from fossil fuel power plants and motor vehicles. Those rules could accelerate the transition to clean electricity and electric cars.

However, a Trump-led EPA could reverse course, much as it overturned Obama-era regulations designed to reduce carbon emissions from power plants in 2019 and weakened vehicle emissions rules in 2020. Trump also appointed three Supreme Court justices who voted to constrain EPAโ€™s power to reduce emissions.

The role of market forces

Whatever policies the next president sets, domestic energy trends will depend largely on market forces. Both Trump and Biden oversaw a boom in domestic oil and gas production. At the same time, as the costs of wind turbines, solar panels and utility-scale batteries have plummeted, these technologies have dominated new electricity generating capacity.

Currently, the U.S. has a backlog of nearly 2,600 gigawatts of projects waiting to be added to the nationโ€™s electricity grids. Thatโ€™s roughly eight times the amount of wind and solar generating capacity on U.S. grids today.

However, Congress is deadlocked over competing proposals for streamlining permitting rules. State and local governments and regional grid operators also play key roles and are not easily swayed by federal action.

Still, the next president can influence policy through his or her selection of commissioners to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, which regulates interstate transmission of oil, gas and electricity. Presidents also can push Congress to pass permitting reforms.

Trade policy

As fast as U.S. clean energy manufacturing and deployments have grown under the Biden-Harris administration, that increase is dwarfed by Chinaโ€™s output. Chinese companies manufacture over three-quarters of the worldโ€™s solar cells and modules, more the half of the worldโ€™s wind turbines and three-quarters of the advanced batteries needed for electricity storage and electric cars. China also sells more electric cars than the rest of the world combined. https://www.youtube.com/embed/rkxMdmipYqM?wmode=transparent&start=0 Chinaโ€™s dominance in clean energy manufacturing poses challenges for nations wary of relying on Chinese components.

Like it or not, Americaโ€™s ability to rapidly deploy clean energy and electric cars will require importing at least some materials from China. After falling behind for decades, thereโ€™s simply no way to scale up U.S. manufacturing fast enough to meet national climate goals. Even if solar panels, batteries or electric cars are assembled here, theyโ€™ll depend upon critical minerals that are mostly refined in China.

As president, Trump waged a trade war with China. He has vowed to extend existing tariffs to other products from China if he is elected to a second term.

Biden and Harris have also tried to tilt the playing field to favor U.S. companies. The administration is offering loans and incentives for domestic manufacturing, and has also imposed a 100% tariff on electric vehicles and a 50% tariff on solar cells from China.

Such policies may shelter domestic manufacturers for a while, but are unlikely to make them competitive on global markets that are pivoting to electric cars and solar energy.

U.S. standing under the 2015 Paris climate agreement, a legally binding treaty that sets targets for curbing climate change, will also be key. Countries around the world have pledged to shift to clean energy to reduce emissions. The European Union is enacting carbon border tariffs that will penalize imports from high-emitting producers.

If Trump were to withdraw the U.S. from the Paris Agreement again, as he did in 2017, and roll back emissions rules, U.S. manufacturers could face new hurdles in exporting their products overseas. For her part, Harris has supported the Paris accord and criticized Trumpโ€™s decision to withdraw the U.S. from it.

No reversing the revolution

Markets worldwide are rapidly transitioning to renewable energy and electric cars, which are becoming cheaper, cleaner and more appealing than their fossil-fueled alternatives. Popular subsidies for clean energy would be difficult to claw back. Chinaโ€™s dominance in clean energy technologies will not soon be shaken, whatever trade policies the next administration adopts.

Based on their records, Harris could be expected to build on the legislation and regulations passed under the current administration, while Trump would be likely to roll back some but not all of its advances. Neither candidate is proposing policies as transformative as the ones enacted in the past several years. Whoever is elected will govern within a clean energy landscape that has been reshaped by those policies, and by market forces that are beyond the control of any president.

Daniel Cohan, Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Rice University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

National Renewable Energy Laboratory Advances Method for Recyclable Wind Turbine Blades: Resin Made From Biomass Enables Chemical Recycling at End of Useful Lifespan #ActOnClimate

sSeptember 26, 2023 – Small cubes of the PolyEster Covalently Adaptable Network (PECAN) resin used to understand their depolymerization kinetics. (Photo by Werner Slocum / NREL)

Click the link to read the release on the NREL website:

August 22, 2024

Researchers at the U.S. Department of Energyโ€™s National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) see a realistic path forward to the manufacture of bio-derivable wind blades that can be chemically recycled and the components reused, ending the practice of old blades winding up in landfills at the end of their useful life.

The findings are published in the new issue of the journal Science. The new resin, which is made of materials produced using bio-derivable resources, performs on par with the current industry standard of blades made from a thermoset resin and outperforms certain thermoplastic resins intended to be recyclable.

The researchers built a prototype 9-meter blade to demonstrate the manufacturability of an NREL-developed biomass-derivable resin nicknamed PECAN. The acronym stands for PolyEster Covalently Adaptable Network, and the manufacturing process dovetails with current methods. Under existing technology, wind blades last about 20 years, and afterward they can be mechanically recycled such as shredded for use as concrete filler. PECAN marks a leap forward because of the ability to recycle the blades using mild chemical processes.

The chemical recycling process allows the components of the blades to be recaptured and reused again and again, allowing the remanufacture of the same product, according to Ryan Clarke, a postdoctoral researcher at NREL and first author of the new paper. โ€œIt is truly a limitless approach if itโ€™s done right.โ€

He said the chemical process was able to completely break down the prototype blade in six hours.

The paper, โ€œManufacture and testing of biomass-derivable thermosets for wind blade recycling,โ€ involved work from investigators at five NREL research hubs, including the National Wind Technology Center and the BOTTLE Consortium. The researchers demonstrated an end-of-life strategy for the PECAN blades and proposed recovery and reuse strategies for each component.

โ€œThe PECAN method for developing recyclable wind turbine blades is a critically important step in our efforts to foster a circular economy for energy materials,โ€ said Johney Green, NRELโ€™s associate laboratory director for Mechanical and Thermal Engineering Sciences.

The research into the PECAN resin began with the end. The scientists wanted to make a wind blade that could be recyclable and began experimenting with what feedstock they could use to achieve that goal. The resin they developed using bio-derivable sugars provided a counterpoint to the conventional notion that a blade designed to be recyclable will not perform as well.

โ€œJust because something is bio-derivable or recyclable does not mean it’s going to be worse,โ€ said Nic Rorrer, one of the two corresponding authors of the Science paper. He said one concern others have had about these types of materials is that the blade would be subject to greater โ€œcreep,โ€ which is when the blade loses its shape and deforms over time. โ€œIt really challenges this evolving notion in the field of polymer science, that you can’t use recyclable materials because they will underperform or creep too much.โ€

Composites made from the PECAN resin held their shape, withstood accelerated weatherization validation, and could be made within a timeframe similar to the existing cure cycle for how wind turbine blades are currently manufactured.

While wind blades can measure the length of a football field, the size of the prototype provided proof of the process.

โ€œNine meters is a scale that we were able to demonstrate all of the same manufacturing processes that would be used at the 60-, 80-, 100-meter blade scale,โ€ said Robynne Murray, the second corresponding author.

The other coauthors, all from NREL, are Erik Rognerud, Allen Puente-Urbina, David Barnes, Paul Murdy, Michael McGraw, Jimmy Newkirk, Ryan Beach, Jacob Wrubel, Levi Hamernik, Katherine Chism, Andrea Baer, and Gregg Beckham.

The U.S. Department of Energy jointly funded the research through its Advanced Materials and Manufacturing Technologies Office and Bioenergy Technologies Office and their support of the BOTTLE Consortium. Additional research and funding will allow the investigators to build larger blades and to explore more bio-derived formulations.

NREL is the U.S. Department of Energy’s primary national laboratory for renewable energy and energy efficiency research and development. NREL is operated for DOE by the Alliance for Sustainable Energy LLC.

The Crossing Trails Wind Farm between Kit Carson and Seibert, about 150 miles east of Denver, has an installed capacity of 104 megawatts, which goes to Tri-State Generation and Transmission. Photo/Allen Best

The water nexus in #Coloradoโ€™s energy transition — Allen Best (@BigPivots) #YampaRiver #GreenRiver #ColoradoRiver #COriver #aridification #SouthPlatteRiver #ArkansasRiver #ActOnClimate

Coal fired plant near Hayden with the Yampa River 2015. Photo credit: Ken Nuebecker

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

August 17, 2024

Will there be a water bonus as we close coal plants? In the short term, yes. Itโ€™s harder to say in the long term. Hereโ€™s why.

Use it or lose it. Thatโ€™s a basic premise of Colorado water law. Those with water rights must put the water to beneficial use or risk losing the rights to somebody who can. Itโ€™s fundamentally anti-speculative.
But Colorado legislators this year created a major exception for two electric utilities that draw water from the Yampa River for coal-burning power plants. They did so through Senate Bill 24-197, which Gov. Jared Polis signed into law in Steamboat Springs in late May.

The two utilities, Xcel Energy and Tri-State Generation and Transmission Association, plan to retire the five coal-burning units โ€” two at Hayden and three at Craig โ€” they operate in the Yampa River Basin by late 2028. These units represent Coloradoโ€™s largest concentration of coal plants, 1,874 megawatts of generating capacity altogether. Thatโ€™s 40% of Coloradoโ€™s total coal-fired electrical generation. Together, they use some 19,000 acre-feet of water each year.

What will become of those water rights when the turbines cease to spin? And what will replace that power? The short answer is that the utilities donโ€™t know. Thatโ€™s the point of the legislation. It gives the utilities until 2050 to figure out their future.

While the legislation is unique to the Yampa Valley, questions of future water use echo across Colorado as its coal plants โ€” two units at Pueblo, one near Colorado Springs, one north of Fort Collins, and one at Brush โ€” all will close or be converted to natural gas by the end of 2030.

This story was originally published in the July 2024 issue of Headwaters Magazine. Photo above of the Hayden Generating Station and the Yampa River was taken by Ken Neubecker in spring 2015. All other photos by Allen Best unless otherwise noted.

Both Xcel and Tri-State expect that at least 70% of the electricity they deliver in 2030 will come from wind and solar. The final stretch to 100%? Thatโ€™s the hard question facing utilities across Colorado โ€” and the nation and world.

Natural gas is expected to play a continued role as backup to the intermittency of renewables. Moving completely beyond fossil fuels? No one technology or even a suite of technologies has yet emerged as cost-effective. At least some of the technologies that Xcel and Tri-State are looking at involve water.

Fossil fuel plants use less than 1% of all of Coloradoโ€™s water. Yet in a state with virtually no raw water resources left to develop, even relatively small uses have gained attention. Coloradoโ€™s power future will have implications for its communities and their water, but how exactly that will look remains unknown.

Emissions Goals

The year 2019 was pivotal in Coloradoโ€™s energy transition. State lawmakers adopted legislation that specified a 50% economy-wide reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 and 100% by 2050. A decade before, that bill would have been laughed out of the Colorado Capitol. Even in 2019, some thought it unrealistic. But proponents had the votes, and a governor who had run on a platform of renewable energy.

Something approaching consensus had been achieved regarding the risks posed by climate change. Costs of renewables had plummeted during the prior decade, 70% for wind and 89% for solar, according to the 2019 report by Lazard, a financial analyst. Utilities had learned how to integrate high levels of renewables into their power supplies without imperiling reliability. Lithium-ion batteries that can store up to four hours of energy were also dropping in price.

Colorado lawmakers have adopted dozens of laws since 2019 intended to dramatically reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Tied at the legislative hip to the targets adopted in 2019 were mandates to Coloradoโ€™s two investor-owned electric utilities, Xcel Energy and Black Hills Energy. By 2030 they must reduce emissions by at least 80% compared to 2005 levels. Both aim to do even better.

Xcel, the largest electrical utility in Colorado, was already pivoting. In 2017, it received bids from wind and solar developers in response to an all-sources solicitation that caused jaws across the nation to drop. In December 2018 shortly after the election of Gov. Polis, Xcel officials gathered in Denver to boldly declare plans to reduce emissions by 80% by 2030. Platte River Power Authority, the provider for Fort Collins and three other cities in the northern Front Range, later that month adopted a highly conditioned 100% goal. In January 2020, Tri-State announced its plans to close coal plants and accelerate its shift to renewables โ€” it plans to reduce emissions by 89% by 2030. In December 2021, Holy Cross Energy, the electrical cooperative serving the Vail and Aspen areas, adopted a 100% goal for 2030. It expects to get to 91% by 2025.

Colorado Springs Utilities burned the last coal at the Martin Drake power plant along Fountain Creek in August 2022. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Coloradoโ€™s emissions-reduction goals are economy wide, not just for power production. In practice, this means replacing technologies in transportation, buildings and other sectors that produce greenhouse gas emissions with low- or no-emissions energy sources. As coal plants have closed, transportation has become the highest-emitting sector. Colorado had 126,000 registered electric vehicles and hybrids as of June but hopes to have 940,000 registered by 2030. Buildings pose a greater challenge because most of us donโ€™t replace houses the way we do cars or cell phones. Solutions vary, but many involve increased use of electricity instead of natural gas.

A final twist that has some bearing on water is Coloradoโ€™s goal of a โ€œjust transition.โ€ House Bill 19-1314 declared that coal-sector workers and communities were not to be cast aside. Efforts would be made to keep them economically and culturally whole.

Possible Water Dividends

The Cherokee Generating Station north of downtown Denver is now a natural gas-fired power plant.

Where does this leave water? Thatโ€™s unclear and, as the 2024 legislation regarding the Yampa Valley spelled out, it is likely to remain unclear for some time. The law prohibits the Division 6 water judge โ€” for the Yampa, White and North Platte river basins โ€” from considering the decrease in use or nonuse of a water right owned by an electric utility in the Yampa Valley.

In other words, they can sit on these water rights through 2050 while they try to figure what technologies will emerge as cost competitive. Xcel Energy and Tri-State will not lose their water rights simply because theyโ€™re not using them during this time as would, at least theoretically, be the case with other water users in Colorado.

Conversion of the Cherokee power plant north of downtown Denver from coal to natural gas provides one case study of how energy shifts can affect water resources. Xcel converted the plant to natural gas between 2010 and 2015. Its capacity is now 928 megawatts.

Richard Belt, a water resources consultant for Xcel, says that when Cherokee still burned coal, it used 7,000 to 8,000 acre-feet of water per year; since 2017, when natural gas replaced coal, it uses 3,000 to 3,500 acre-feet per year.

Does that saved water now flow downstream to farmers in northeastern Colorado?

โ€œIf the wind is really blowing, there could be some water heading downstream on certain days,โ€ Belt answered. In other words, thereโ€™s so much renewable energy in the grid that production from the gas plant at times is not needed. A more concrete way to look at this conversion, Belt says, is to step back and look at Xcelโ€™s water use more broadly across its system. It also has the Rocky Mountain Energy Center, a 685-megawatt combined-cycle natural gas plant along Interstate 76 near Keenesburg that it bought in 2009 and began operating in 2012. With the plant came a water contract from Aurora Water.

Xcel has been renegotiating that contract, which it projects will be effective in early 2025. The new contract will allow Xcel to take water saved at Cherokee and instead use it at the Rocky Mountain Energy Center. That will allow it to use 2,000 acre-feet less of the water it has been leasing from Aurora each year. Belt says it will save Xcel customers around $1 million a year in water costs.

โ€œAnother way to look at this dividend is that weโ€™re going to hand [Aurora] two-thirds of this contract volume, around 2,000 acre-feet a year, and they can use that water within their system,โ€ Belt explains.

Other coal-burning power plants have also closed in recent years, with water dividends of their own. One small coal plant in southwestern Colorado at Nucla, operated by Tri-State, was closed in 2019. In 2022, Xcel shut down one of its three coal units at the Comanche Generating Station in Pueblo.

Colorado Springs Utilities stopped burning coal at its Martin Drake coal-fired plant in 2021, which is located near the cityโ€™s center, and replaced it with natural gas. It used some 2,000 acre-feet of water per year in the early 2000s, and was down to only 14 acre-feet per year in 2023. Colorado Springs Utilities โ€” a provider of both electricity and water โ€” delivers 70,000 to 75,000 acre-feet of water annually to its customers. Whatever water savings were achieved in that transition will be folded into the broader operations. The cityโ€™s remaining coal plant, Ray Nixon, burns both coal and natural gas. The city delivers about 2,000 acre-feet per year to Nixon to augment groundwater use there.

The 280-megawatt Rawhide coal-fired power plant north of Fort Collins is to be shut down by 2030. Platte River Power Authority, which owns and operates the plant, had not yet chosen a replacement power source as of June 2024. Platte River delivers electricity to Estes Park, Fort Collins, Longmont and Loveland.

The Cherokee plant along the South Platte River north of downtown Denver uses significantly less water since tis conversion from coal to natural gas. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

That leaves just the 505-megawatt Pawnee among Coloradoโ€™s existing coal plants. The plant near Brush is to be retrofitted to burn natural gas by 2026. The water dividend? Xcel is trying to keep its options open.

The one commonality among all the possible power-generating technologies that Xcel may use to achieve its goal of emissions-free energy by 2050 is that, with the exception of some battery technologies, they all require water, says Belt. And that, he says, means it would be unwise to relinquish water without first making decisions about the future.

Thatโ€™s why this yearโ€™s bill was needed. Coloradoโ€™s two biggest electrical providers, Xcel and Tri-State, both with coal plants retiring in the Yampa Valley, have questions unanswered.

The Future of Energy

Strontia Springs Dam and Reservoir, located on the South Platte River within Waterton Canyon. It is ranked #32 out of 45 hydroelectric power plants in Colorado in terms of total annual net electricity generation. Photo by Milehightraveler/iStock

What comes next? Obviously, lots more wind and solar. Lots. The graph of projected solar power in Colorado through this decade looks like the Great Plains rising up to Longs Peak. Construction of Xcelโ€™s Colorado Power Pathway, a 450-mile transmission line looping around the Eastern Plains, will expedite renewables coming online. Tri-State is also constructing new transmission lines in eastern Colorado. The plains landscape, San Luis Valley, and other locations could look very different by the end of the decade.

Very little water is needed for renewables, at least once the towers and panels are put into place.

You may well point out that the sun goes down, and the wind doesnโ€™t always blow. Storage is one holy grail in this energy transition. Lithium-ion batteries can store energy for four hours. That works very effectively until it doesnโ€™t. Needed are new cost-effective technologies or far more application of known technologies.

One possible storage method, called iron-rust, will likely be tested at Pueblo in 2025 by a collaboration between Xcel and Form Energy, a company that proclaims it will transform the grid. It could provide 100 hours of storage. Tri-Stateโ€™s electric resource plan identifies the same technology.

Granby Dam was retrofitted at a cost of $5.1 million to produce hydroelectricity effective May 2016. It produces enough electricity for about 570 homes. Photo/Northern Water

Other potential storage technologies involve water. Pumped-storage hydropower is an old and proven technology. It requires vertical differences in elevation, and Colorado has that. In practice, finding the right spots for the two reservoirs, higher and lower, is difficult.

Xcel Energyโ€™s Cabin Creek project between Georgetown and Guanella Pass began electrical production in 1967. In this closed-loop system, water from the higher reservoir is released through a three-quarter-mile tunnel to the second reservoir 1,192 feet lower in elevation. This generates a maximum 324 megawatts to help meet peak demands or to provide power when itโ€™s dark or the wind stops blowing. When electricity is more freely available, the water can be pumped back to the higher reservoir. Very little water is lost.

Near Leadville, the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation has a pumped-storage hydropower project at Twin Lakes, the Mt. Elbert Power Plant, with a more modest elevation difference. The plant can generate up to 200 megawatts of electricity.

Graphic credit: Joan Carstensen

A private developer with something similar in mind has reported reaching agreements with private landowners along the Yampa River between Hayden and Craig. With private landowners, the approval process would be far easier than if this were located on federal lands. Cost is estimated at $1.5 billion.

Belt points out that the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission has streamlined the permitting process for pumped-storage hydro but that technology remains expensive and projects will take probably 10 to 12 years to develop if everything goes well.

โ€œDuring that 10 to 12 years, does something new come along? And if youโ€™re committed to pumped storage, then you canโ€™t pivot to this new thing without a financial impact,โ€ he says, explaining a hesitancy around pumped storage.

Green hydrogen is another leading candidate in the Yampa Valley and elsewhere. It uses electrolysis to separate the hydrogen and oxygen in water. Renewable energy can be used to fuel the electrolysis. Thatโ€™s why it is called green hydrogen as distinct from blue hydrogen, which uses natural gas as a catalyst. A news story in 2023 called it a โ€œdistant proposition.โ€ Costs remain high but are falling. Tax incentives seek to spur that innovation.

Gov. Polisโ€™ administration remains optimistic about hydrogen. It participated in a proposal for federal funding that would have created underground hydrogen storage near Brush. That proposal was rejected, but Will Toor, the chief executive of the Colorado Energy Office, has made it clear that green hydrogen and other emerging technologies remain on the table. Xcel says the same thing. โ€œItโ€™s not something we are going to give up on quite yet,โ€ says Belt. The water savings from the conversion of coal to natural gas could possibly play into those plans.

Gov. Jared Polis stopped by the Good Vibes River Gear in Craig in March 2020 prior to attending a just transition workshop. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Polis is bullish on geothermal, both kinds. The easier geothermal uses the relatively constant 55 degree temperatures found 8 to 10 feet below ground to heat and cool buildings. The Colorado Capitol has geothermal heating, but the most famous example is Colorado Mesa University, where geothermal heats and cools about 80% of the campus. This technology may come on strong in Colorado, especially in new construction.

Can heat found at greater depths, say 10,000 feet or from particularly hot spots near the surface, be mined to produce electricity? California generates 10.1% from enhanced geothermal, Nevada 5.1%, and Utah 1.5%. Colorado generates zero. At a June conference, Polis said he thought geothermal could produce 4% to even 8% of the stateโ€™s electricity by 2040. Geothermal for electric production would require modest water resources.

Nuclear? Those plants, like coal, require water. Many smart people believe it may be the only way that civilization can reduce emissions as rapidly as climate scientists say is necessary to avoid catastrophic repercussions. Others see it as a way to accomplish just transition as coal plants retire.

Costs of traditional nuclear remain daunting. Critics point to projects in other states. In Georgia, for example, a pair of reactors called Vogtle have been completed but seven years late and at a cost of $35 billion, more than double the projectโ€™s initially estimated $14 billion price tag. The two reactors have a combined generating capacity of 2,430 megawatts.

New reactor designs may lower costs. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission in 2023 certified design of a small-modular reactor by NuScale. It was heralded as a breakthrough, but NuScale cancelled a contract later that year for a plant in Idaho, citing escalating costs.

With a sodium fast reactor, integrated energy storage and flexible power production, the Natrium technology offers carbon-free energy at a competitive cost and is ready to integrate seamlessly into electric grids with high levels of renewables. Graphic credit: http://NatriumPower.com

Greater optimism has buoyed plans in Wyoming by the Bill Gates-backed TerraPower for a 345-megawatt nuclear plant near the site of a coal plant at Kemmerer. It has several innovations, including molten salt for energy storage and a design that allows more flexible generation, creating a better fit with renewables. Ground was broken in June for one building. An application for the design is pending with the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Gates has invested $1 billion and expects to invest many billions more in what he estimates will be a $10 billion final cost. He also hopes to see about 100 similar plants and reduced costs. Other companies with still other designs and ideas say they can also reduce costs. All these lower-cost nuclear solutions exist in models, not on the ground. Uranium supply remains problematic, at least for now, but more difficult yet is the question of radioactive waste disposal.

Into The Future

The potential for nuclear is balled up in the issue of just transition. Legislators in 2019 said that coal communities would not be left on their own to figure out their futures. What this means in practice remains fuzzy.

Consider Pueblo. Xcel Energy on August 1 is scheduled to submit to the Colorado Public Utilities Commission what is being called the Pueblo Just Transition Electric Resource Plan. Through that plan, Xcel must determine to what extent it can, through new generating sources, leave Pueblo economically whole after it closes the coal plants. Existing jobs will be lost, although others in post-closure remediation of the site will be gained. What, then, constitutes a just transition for Pueblo?

What will Xcel propose in October for Pueblo as it makes plans for the retired of the last of the Comanche coal-burning units in 2030? Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

A task force assembled by Xcel Energy in January delivered its conclusions after nearly a year of study: โ€œOf all of the technologies that we studied, only advanced nuclear generation will make Pueblo whole and also provide a path to prosperity,โ€ concluded the task force. They advised that a natural gas plant with carbon capture would be a distinctly secondary choice.

What will happen with the water in Pueblo? Xcel Energy has a take-or-pay water contract with Pueblo Water for 12,783 acre-feet per year for the Comanche Generating Station. It must pay for the water even if it does not take it. Pueblo Water has a similar take-or-pay contract for 1,000 acre-feet annually for the 440-megawatt natural gas plant operated by Black Hills Energy near the Pueblo airport.

The draw of these water leases from the Arkansas River isnโ€™t that notable, says Chris Woodka, president of the Pueblo Water board, even in what he describes as a โ€œsmall year,โ€ with low flows in the river. These water leases constitute some 5% or less of the riverโ€™s water, Woodka says. Xcel could tap that same lease for whatever it plans at Pueblo. And if it has no use? โ€œWe havenโ€™t had many conversations around what we would do if that lease goes away, because it is so far out in the future.โ€

Xcel and Tri-State both own considerable water rights in the lower Arkansas Valley, near Las Animas and Lamar. Neither utility has shared plans for using the water, as the ideas of coal or nuclear power plants that initially inspired the water purchases never moved forward. Water in both cases has been leased since its acquisition to Arkansas Basin agricultural producers in order to maintain an ongoing beneficial use.

Yampa River. Photo credit: Yampa River Integrated Water Management Plan website

Why donโ€™t Tri-State and Xcel lease their water in the Yampa River as they do in the Arkansas? Jackie Brown, the senior water and natural resources advisor for Tri-State, explains that there is no demand for additional agricultural water in the Yampa Basin. About 99% of all lands capable of supporting irrigated agriculture already get water. This is almost exclusively for animal forage. This is a valley of hay.

However, the Yampa River itself needs more water. The lower portion in recent years has routinely suffered from low flows during the rising heat of summer. Some summers, flows at Deerlodge, near the entrance to Dinosaur National Monument, have drooped to 20 cubic feet per second. Even in Steamboat, upstream from the power plants, fishing and other forms of recreation, such as tubing, have at times been restricted.

One question asked in drafting the legislation this year was whether to seek protection with a temporary instream flow right for some of the 45 cfs that Tri-State and Xcel together use at the plants at Craig and Hayden. The intent would have been to protect the delivery of some portion of that water to Dinosaur National Monument through 2050. That idea met resistance from stakeholders.

Instead, a do-nothing approach was adopted. Those framing the bill expect that most of the time, most of the water will flow downstream to Dinosaur anyway. In most years, no demands are placed on the river from November through the end of June. The challenge comes from July through October. The amount of water, used formerly by coal plants, that reaches Dinosaur will depend upon conditions at any particular time. Have the soils been drying out? Has the summer monsoon arrived?

The Yampa River at Deerlodge Park July 24, 2021 downstream from the confluence with the Little Snake River. There was a ditch running in Maybell above this location. Irrigated hay looked good. Dryland hay not so much.

โ€œEven if youโ€™re adding even half of that [45 cfs], it is a big deal,โ€ says Brown. โ€œIf you can double the flow of a river when itโ€™s in dire circumstances itโ€™s a big deal.โ€

A study conducted by the Colorado River Water Conservation District several years ago examined how much water released from Elkhead Reservoir, located near Hayden, would reach Dinosaur. The result: 88% to 90% did.

Brown says river managers will be closely studying whether the extra water can assist with recovery of endangered fish species and other issues. โ€œThereโ€™s a lot of learning to be done. My key takeaway is that thatโ€™s really going to contribute to the volume of knowledge that we have and the future management decisions that are made.โ€

A larger takeaway about this new law is that it gives Coloradoโ€™s two biggest electrical providers time. Xcel and Tri-State donโ€™t know all the answers as we stretch to eradicate emissions from our energy by mid-century. Many balls are in the air, some interconnected, each representing a technology that may be useful or necessary to complement the enormous potential of wind and solar generation now being created. All of these new technologies will require water. Some water in the conversion from coal is being saved now, but itโ€™s possible it will be needed in the future.

No wonder Xcelโ€™s Belt says its โ€œimprudent in a very water-constrained region to let go of a water asset that you may not get back, until you know how some of these balls are going to land.โ€

#Climate leaders say Vice President Kamala Harris has โ€˜lit an electric sparkโ€™ with young voters — The Washington Post

Denver School Strike for Climate, September 20, 2019.

Click the link to read the article on The Washington Post website (Maxine Joselow). Here’s an excerpt:

July 30, 2024

More than 350 prominent climate advocates on Tuesday endorsed Vice President Harris for president, a sign that environmental leaders believe hercampaign will energize like-mindedvoters in a way thatย President Bidenย could not. In aย letterย shared first with The Washington Post, big names in the environmental movement โ€” including former U.S. climate envoyย John F. Kerry, former secretary of state Hillary Clinton and Washington Gov. Jay Inslee (D)โ€” wrote that Harrisย has long prioritized climate actionย and would continue to do so as president.

โ€œWe know that protecting our planet for ourselves and future generations requires the kind of bold leadership that Kamala Harris has demonstrated her whole life,โ€ they wrote. โ€œWe are proud to support her and be in the fight against climate change with her.โ€

Inslee, whose ambitious climate proposals duringย his 2020 presidential campaignย influencedย Bidenโ€™s climate policies, said Harris could help mobilize young voters, a crucial Democratic constituency.ย Polls showย that climate change is a top concern for young people, who are more likely than older generations to faceย raging wildfires,ย rising seasย and stronger storms in their lifetimes.

โ€œHer candidacy instantly lit an electric spark under young people across the country,โ€ Inslee said. โ€œThatโ€™s going to bode well for our fortunes.โ€

Kerry, who left the Biden administration in March, said in an interview that Harris was a โ€œterrific allyโ€ on climate policy. He noted that she was an early advocate of the United States reaching net-zero emissions by mid-century, and she delivered a forceful speech at theย U.N. Climate Change Conference in Dubaiย last fall.

What was left unsaid in Pueblo? — Allen Best (@BigPivots) #ActOnClimate #nuclear

Comanche Generating Station. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

June 26, 2024

In one sense, Adam Frisch was an anomaly on the agenda of an energy conference held in Pueblo last Friday. Heโ€™s a Democrat, making a second run for Congress after narrowly losing in 2022 to Lauren Boebert in Coloradoโ€™s Republican-leaning 3rd Congressional District. The districtโ€™s largest city, Pueblo, once was reliably Democratic but has become a political toss-up.

Republican legislators, both current and former, were present at the conference, but I didnโ€™t notice any Democratic legislators, even from Pueblo. Why that is, itโ€™s hard to say.

Credit Frisch with knowing how to play to his crowd. He tipped his hat to natural gas several times even as he talked about how geothermal would use much the same skills sets and machinery.

He talked extensively about domestic energy mining and energy production. โ€œThereโ€™s no green energy without mining, just none,โ€ he said. He suggested that even now, burning wood may produce more energy than solar โ€“ although he did acknowledge Colorado has far more solar capacity than the national average. He took swipes at the โ€œColorado Capitol,โ€ a reference to the Democrats who have run the show since the 2018 election and who have passed dozens of bills with the intent of pushing and pulling Colorado into a giant pivot that will dramatically reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

For the conference on the Pueblo campus of Colorado State University, Frisch dressed in a style that suggested allegiance to his party: blue jeans, blue shirt and blue sports jacket. But he has some tip-toeing to do in this Congressional district. Heโ€™s an Aspen resident, a member of the city council when that cityโ€™s municipal utility, Aspen Electric, succeeded in achieving 100% renewables. And Frisch by no means disavows climate change.

โ€œWhether Iโ€™m in Durango or Boulder or up in Rangely, Colorado, I would say the same thing, that there is a climate crisis,โ€ he said at the outset of his remarks in the conferenceโ€™s opening session. โ€œItโ€™s hotter and drier. Everybody knows this. People are planting at different times, theyโ€™re harvesting at different times, theyโ€™re hunting at different times. But we need to figure out if we truly want to try to solve this problem.โ€

When running as an โ€œoutsider,โ€ itโ€™s useful to point to perceived hypocrisies among the elites. In Colorado, the prime candidate is Boulder.

โ€œI need to poke fun a little bit at my former zip code, because in 2019 Boulder County, of the 3,147 counties in the country, (had) on a per-capita basis the most greenhouse gas emissions per person in the country.โ€

Congressional candidate Adam Frisch explains why generation will be important. Photo/Allen Best

True? Well, not really. It wasnโ€™t Boulder County but one zip code within the county that spawned many stories in 2020. And it wasnโ€™t total greenhouse gas emissions per capita, but only those provoked by buildings. For that matter, the University of Michigan researchers reported that were able to include only two-thirds of the nationโ€™s counties in the study.

With those caveats in mind, they did find that the buildings in zip code 80510 produced 23,811 pounds of carbon dioxide per person. That zip code is in and around Allenspark, along the road between Boulder and Estes Park. Itโ€™s a place of knotty-pined cabins that burn a lot of propane gas as well as newer and some very large homes that likely use electricity.

The methodology of the researchers also examined the sources of electricity, and by that measure the heavy coal in the electrical mix bumped the figures higher. That area is served by a member cooperative of Tri-State Generation and Transmission or Xcel Energy, and in 2019 both were still very heavily invested in coal โ€” including coal burned at Pueblo.

One other detail: that same study found that a zip code in San Francisco, the bastion of woke politics, actually had the nationโ€™s lowest per-capita greenhouse gas emissions for buildings.

Details, details, details

That was par for the day. Just as important as who was at this energy summit and the information they shared was who was not there and what was not said.

The event was sponsored by Action Colorado, formerly known as Colorado 22, a reference to the counties of southwestern Colorado and the San Luis Valley that are included. Think of it as patterned after the much older Club 20.

The morning agenda had various speakers, but most notable was a defense of natural gas in buildings. The afternoon was almost entirely about the promise of nuclear energy.

Interspersed through the day were speakers from the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, or IBEW. They told about their lives and about their work. They spoke very well, very effectively. I spent eight years in Toastmasters trying to smooth my tongue of rusted iron into moments of silver. These guys were like professionals as they talked about growing up on ranches, about the dangers of working with electricity, about building better lives for themselves and their families.

The background question for the dayโ€™s conversation was what will happen when the last of Puebloโ€™s three coal-burning units becomes quiet. One of the three coal-burning units at Comanche Generating Station has closed, another will in 2025, and the third is to become silent no later than Jan. 1, 2031, as per the decision by the Colorado Public Utilities Commission.

(In my message to Big Pivots subscribers of June 13, I vaguely and imprecisely referred to 2030. To add some confusion, Gov. Jared Polis last week said 2029.)

What will replace the tax base and jobs in Pueblo and Pueblo County?

President Joe Biden visited the CW Wind factory in Pueblo, the worldโ€™s largest manufacture of towers for wind turbines, in November 2023. Photo/Allen Best

Pueblo is a river town, bisected by the Arkansas River. Itโ€™s a transportation hub for both highways and rail. It is above all a place that makes things. I am sure it has Ph.D.s among its 111,000 residents, but it has blue-collar DNA. Work gloves could be the cityโ€™s logo.

The steel mill was first and maybe even now remains foremost, hulks of rust rising above I-25 even as a new mill is now taking shape. The mill began producing rail in 1882, and thatโ€™s still the primary product, if the lengths have been extended to quarter-mile sections. It was called CF&I when I was young, and although I have no personal memories, Pueblo was still a rich ethnic stew in the mid-20th century, a cauldron of immigrants who labored under a film of coal smoke. You donโ€™t have to go far to find people whose fathers and grandfathers and perhaps great-grandfathers had walked to the mill, lunch buckets in hand, from their houses in the Bessemer and other close-by neighborhoods.

That includes the former mayor, Nick Gradisar, and the fellow I had lunch with at the conference, Joseph Griego. Gradisar, a former board chair for Action Colorado, the organization sponsoring this conference, had a vison of pivoting Pueblo to a green-energy economy. He was handily defeated in the election last year.

Some of that pivot, however, had already started before he even became mayor.

On Saturday morning, after the conference, I awoke in our motel room on Puebloโ€™s north side soon after daybreak and set out to get photographs. I drove south on I-25, pausing during shift change at the gates of the steel mill, which is now owned by EVRAZ North America. Based in London, majority ownership was held by Russian oligarchs, cronies of Putin, most notably Roman Abramovich, who alone owned between a quarter and a third of the company. Evraz said in 2022 after the Russian invasion of Ukraine that it would sell its North American assets, but nothing has come of that. As best I can tell, Putin cronies still have a stake in Pueblo.

Continuing south out of the city, I turned off from I-25 at the Stem Beach turnoff, then headed northeast on Lime Creek Road, putting Greenhorn Mountain in the rearview mirror.

Greenhorn was originally Cuerno Verde, the name given by Spanish colonizers to two leaders, the father and son, of a band of Comanches. They were known for their distinctive headdress.

The younger Cuerno Verde was killed there in 1779 by the Spanish troops led by Juan Batiste de Anza and their Apache, Ute and Pueblo allies. And with the Comanche weakened, the Great Plains in Colorado with their plentiful bison became more available to some other immigrants, the Cheyenne and Arapahoe.

The alignments of what became Colorado were, in the 18th century, as convoluted as they are in the 21st century, but the conflicts for the time being now draw only figurative blood. By that measure, these disagreements about the energy transition are mild indeed even if one former legislator at the Pueblo conference described the politics he left behind at the Colorado Capitol as โ€œtoxic.โ€

The Lime Creek Road constitutes Puebloโ€™s industrial alley. First in this sequence is the former wind turbine factory formerly owned by the Danish company Vesta but purchased in 2021 by CS Wind, a South Korean company. The factory produces towers that are 90 meters tall and weigh 240 tons. President Joe Biden was there last November to give a pep talk about the clean energy agenda.

A little farther along is a turnoff to another set of gray industrial buildings rising up from the plains, the GCC cement plant and limestone quarry, one of two remaining cement plants in Colorado with the recent closure of a plant at Lyons.

The day before, a speaker at the conference โ€“ in the morning, non-nuclear session โ€” representing a company called Carbon America, had spoken about the hopes to sequester carbon dioxide under cap rock in a geologic formation northeast of Pueblo. Two potential partners exist in the Pueblo area, this one and another near Florence. They manufacture cement from lime.

Carbon America sees carbon dioxide created in this process โ€“none of it through combustion โ€” as being one market for carbon sequestration along with the almost pure stream of carbon dioxide being emitted by corn ethanol plants. The companyโ€™s office is about a mile from my own in suburban Denver.

As I continued north, the three giant smokestacks of Comanche 3 rose higher. Before I got there, though, I first saw the low-rising rows of solar panels, a virtual sea of them amid the cacti.

The first solar farm, located directly east of the coal plant, was developed by Eric Blank, who has now become the chair of the Colorado Public Utilities Commission. Then, in 2021, completion of a far larger array of solar panels was completed. This project, Bighorn, was on land owned by Evraz around Comanche Station. It can generate 300 megawatts of direct current or 240 megawatts of alternating current. Through the artifice of credits, the solar production allows the steel mill to proclaim it has solar-made steel. (It also matters that the plant works with recycled steel, which requires less heat).

Still heading toward Comanche, I drove under transmission lines. whether generated by solar or for by coal units. However electricity is generated, it must be transmitted to metro Denver and wherever else. Will a nuclear plant transmit electricity at Comanche sometime in the 2030s?

The Pueblo area has Coloradoโ€™s two remaining limestone quarries and cement kilns, including this one along Lime Creek Road. Photo/Allen Best

The tone for the conference was set by the panel that followed Adam Frisch.

The panel consisted of representatives of three of Coloradoโ€™s four privately-owned utilities that sell methane, the primary constituent in natural gas, to consumers for building heat and water cooling.

Curbing methane emissions from Coloradoโ€™s buildings may be Coloradoโ€™s most difficult nut to crack. We donโ€™t swap out buildings the way we do cars or cell phones.

Ken Fogle is a marketing vice president for Atmos Energy, one of Coloradoโ€™s two regulated gas-only utilities, meaning that they donโ€™t also sell electricity. Black Hills Energy does sell both electricity and gas, but not necessarily in the same place. It was represented by Tom Henley, the senior public affairs director. And there was Michael Sapp, the state public affairs director for Xcel Energy, with sells both gas and electricity, and in largely the same areas.

The Monday prior to the conference, the Colorado PUC commissioners had issued their formal 141-page decision about Xcelโ€™s proposed clean heat plan. The PUC commissioners rejected a lot of Xcelโ€™s ideas.

The plan was in response to legislation adopted in 2021 that said that the gas utilities needed to figure out how to start reducing emissions from the natural gas they delivered to their customers for heating of space and water. Itโ€™s one of maybe a half-dozen bills taking aim at methane, a powerful greenhouse gas that the Environmental Defense Fund says is responsible for about 30% of todayโ€™s global warming driven by human action.

โ€œFor those of you donโ€™t know, natural gas has been kind of under the microscope, shall we say, for a number of years now down at the state capitol,โ€ said Black Hillsโ€™ Henley.

The panelists in Pueblo said they thought the clean-heat legislation adopted in 2021 required too much, too soon. A major grievance is that the legislation required a 4% reduction in emissions by 2025 compared to a 2015 baseline โ€“ but ignoring the role of population growth. In effect, said several panelists, this means a 20% reduction.

Nobody argued whether climate change is real or the role of greenhouse gas emissions in causing climate change. That debate has, at least formally, passed. The argument is whether the reduction goals are realistic.

Itโ€™s a legitimate question. But this was not a panel created to further the dialogue. Instead, aided by softball questions, the remarks drifted toward preserving the status quo. These are companies who donโ€™t want to change their business models in light of the evidence of climate change.

โ€œHow do we support legislators who favor an all-of-the-above energy mix,โ€ they were asked.

โ€œWeโ€™ve  got to talk to people that are electing their officials to make sure they know what their officials are doing in Denver,โ€ said Fogle, the Atmos representative. โ€œI donโ€™t think a lot of folks would agree with whatโ€™s happening in Denver when you go to these places like the Western Slope or Southeastern Colorado. I donโ€™t think theyโ€™d agree with whatโ€™s happening in Denver. So you got to get the people involved and activate the base.โ€

Then another question. โ€œDems control the House, Senate and governorโ€™s office, how do you navigate policies that are aimed at mandated, forced beneficial electrification, and what strategies do you try to deploy to work with that agenda?โ€

The key strategy that emerged in the remarks of panelists is to emphasize cost of adopting other technologies that will end the need for natural gas in buildings. Going electric is expensive, and natural gas is affordable. And thereโ€™s truth to that. Staying the course is the cheapest alternative. Cost can matter.

Ironically, along the way in this discussion about natural gas, there was a plug for nuclear. But when the agenda moved to nuclear that afternoon that cost almost entirely disappeared from the conversation.

That seems to be a pattern.

Former PUC commissioner Frances Koncilja explains the task force perspective as to what Pueblo needs after all the units in the Comanche Generating Station close. Photo/Allen Best

While some reading this might conclude otherwise, I am actually neutral about nuclear as a long-term solution. As Iโ€™ve written before, one of the leading climate change scientists, James Hansen, has embraced the need for nuclear. I know people in Boulder County โ€“ yes, in that place that many want to see as a hotbed of cross-breeding of privilege and wokeism โ€” who believe it is necessary.

It would certainly solve a lot of problems. Even now, 20% of U.S. power comes from nuclear power plants.

Then thereโ€™s the matter of Coloradoโ€™s declared intention of not leaving behind coal communities in this transition. Frances Koncilja, a former PUC commissioner, in 2023 co-chaired a task force created by Xcel Energy that produced a report in January. The Pueblo Innovative Energy Solutions Advisory Committee Report heartily recommended a nuclear power plant to replace Comanche.

Pueblo County has done its part to reduce emissions, she said. Pueblo County will be responsible for a 36% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by Xcel Energy and 20% statewide from the electric sector.

She emphasized the obligation of Colorado. โ€œJust transition means that coal communities should not only be no worse off with the closure of coal facilities but also replace the coal generation with high-paying and highly-skilled jobs and lost tax base so that coal communities have an opportunity to prosper, grow and reimagine their local economies.โ€

Koncilja did not specifically cite the 2019 law, which in my read is a little more fuzzy than how she  summarized it. Colorado does not owe Pueblo a one-for-one replacement.

The law says the โ€œeffects of coal plant closures on works and communities have the potential to be significant if not managed correctly.โ€ It also mentions the stateโ€™s intention to โ€œassist workers and communities impacted by changes in Coloradoโ€™s coal economy.โ€ It also mentions a โ€œmoral commitment.โ€

The Pueblo Innovative Energy Solutions Advisory Committee she co-chaired recommended nuclear because of the 300 jobs with a salary range of $60,000 to $200,000 and annual tax payments of $95 million. In 2021, Xcel and its two co-owners of Comanche 3, one of the coal-burning units, collectively paid $31 million.

She also pointed to strong comparisons in wealth to other counties in Colorado, specifically Aspen/Pitkin County, Vail/Eagle County, Boulder County and Denver.

Exploitation of fossil fuels has left Pueblo far, far behind these other locations.

One unit of Comanche Generating Station has ceased operation and the other two will before 2031 gets underway. Photo/Allen Best

The afternoon was rich with speakers with a wealth of information about different types of nuclear technology that are in some stage of development. There were many details, but almost entirely absent were those most useful for relevancy in Pueblo and Colorado altogether. That begins with cost.

One speaker said his companyโ€™s technology will be able to deliver electricity for 3 cents a kilowatt-hour โ€“ making it competitive with renewables. But, of course, it has not been deployed yet.

When the representative from nuclear powerhouse Westinghouse concluded, she took several questions. The first was: What is the cause of the most significant pushback you get?โ€ Cost, she replied.

Cost infamously rose to $35 billion, more than double original projections, on the two Vogtle units that have come on line recently in Georgia.

But what about the advanced nuclear designs? True enough, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in early 2023 approved the design of small modular reactors. But NuScale, the company that had sought the approval for deployment at Idaho Falls, just a few months later cancelled the order. The problem? Escalating costs.

Can Bill Gates disprove us naysayers? He was in Wyoming on Monday to help break ceremonial ground for a nuclear plant near the site of a coal plant at Kemmerer. The company has a pending application with the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission for the plant design. Gates and company hope for completion in 2030, a brisk pace.

Gates has put in $1 billion into TerraPower and the U.S. Department of Energy has $2 billion promised for the project. Gates, in an interview on Face the Nation on Sunday morning (see transcript), said he expects to invest several billion more. He estimated completion price at $10 billion. He also said he hopes to 100 projects using the same nuclear technology โ€œto really make an impact.โ€

A sea of solar panels exists around Comanche Generation Station along with many transmission lines that export the power to Xcel Energyโ€™s customers. Photo/Allen Best

In a seminar several weeks before, Duane Highley, chief executive of  Tri-State Generation and Transmission, said he thought the price will not be bent down until about 2035 or beyond to a point where it can be justified for his members in places like the San Luis Valley and the corn-and-millet and wheat-and-ranch country of eastern Colorado.

To be fair, Highley said the cost of geothermal for electrical production is no better at this point. The comparison may not be the most useful. The technologies compete in two different cost arenas. Simply put, nuclear is a bigger gamble, the entry bid at a higher level.

But the larger point is that we have a whole host of technologies competing to be the final answer to 100% emissions-free energy โ€” and nuclear is just one.

So why the bandwagon for nuclear? Will Colorado really throw cost considerations out the window and became the test lab for advanced nuclear technologies?

Highley, in his interview,(which you can read elsewhere in this issue), said he wished the federal government would bankroll the next-generation nuclear technology, such as for use on military bases. That would get us over this gigantic hump of price.

It would still leave us with puddles of radioactive waste hither and thither with that huge issue unresolved. Our past recklessness in places such as Rocky Flats, between Arvada and Boulder, leaves many uncomfortable.

And finally, there is this question: Why do nuclear advocates in Colorado think they can continue to make their case without addressing these hard questions.

The best I can figure is that nuclear has become a stand-in for coal and a political statement that borders on religion. Because Aspen, Boulder  and Denver likes renewables, we need to be for nuclear. Thatโ€™s why I found the talking points of the congressional candidate from Aspen so interesting. (And, to be honest, speaking to a Pueblo crowd and leading with the fact that youโ€™re from Boulder likely would not be the wisest way to introduce yourself).

But what was Xcel Energy up to in creating this task force? What did it truly hope to accomplish? A mere distraction, a way to gain leverage against the Democratic majority at the Colorado Capitol?

Iโ€™m still scratching my head. I probably will be still until Xcel submits its proposal to the PUC in five weeks.

Audubon getting into Westโ€™s transmission: Organization believes new transmission will be crucial to address #ClimateChange but wants science foundation to do it right — Allen Best (@BigPivots)

Transmission lines and red rock. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

April 30, 2024

Audubon is hiring. The conservation organization wants to bring the science for which it is noted among conservation organizations to the selection of electrical transmission in Colorado and other intermountain states of the West.

โ€œWe donโ€™t want to be an organization that stops something, because climate change is literally the existential threat to birds. And the renewable energy and storage that is needed require more transmission lines. So how do we work together to make this happen?โ€ says Alice Madden, a former state legislator from Louisville who joined the National Audubon Society in March as senior director of climate strategy.Loui

Audubon already has a person working with developers on five proposed transmission lines in the Midwest. There an organized market called a regional transmission organization, or RTO, exists.

Western states remain fragmented in integration of electricity into an organized market. Colorado is akin to an island. The person that Madden hires will be responsible for working with developers to put new lines along highways, railroads, and other areas of disrupted habitat. If that is impossible, then the goal will be to route the transmission in the ways that cause least impact to birds.

โ€œRouting is important, and Audubon has incredible mapping tools โ€ฆ so we can provide a wealth of information,โ€ she says.

The organization already has had success in the West, though. Madden cites the organizationโ€™s work with developers of SunZia, a 550-mile high-voltage direct-current transmission line between central New Mexico and south-central Arizona.

Like most transmission lines, this one had a long history. It was proposed in 2006 and had a 17-year journey to final permitting. Audubon creditsย Pattern Energy, which joined the project in 2018 and partnered with Audubon to initiate early and active engagement with project developers.

โ€œWe literally guided them to best practices for routing, best practices for tower design, ways to avoid interruption of flight patterns,โ€ says Madden.

Plus, the company committed to using an ultraviolet light-based system that was developed at Audubonโ€™s Rowe Sanctuary. At the sanctuary, located along the Platte River in Nebraska, the technology has dramatically reduced mortality among sandhill cranes because of collisions. The technology makes the transmission lines that birds collide with most frequently more visible to them.

A 2023 Audubon report, โ€œBirds and Transmission: Building the Grid Birds Need,โ€ cites the work in New Mexico and Arizona as an approach that is โ€œessential to optimize mitigation for birds, ensure the best data and science are used, and make projects into long-term successes worth of Audubonโ€™s support.โ€

In the reportโ€™s preface, Marshall Johnson, the chief conservation officer for Audubon, speaks to the urgency of replacing fossil fuel generation with renewables. โ€œThe window to slow the rate of global temperature rise is narrowing, but the window still exists. If we are to make the most of this waning opportunity, we need to act quickly.โ€

Johnson goes on to lay out the need to develop renewable generation and then transmit it to population centers. Experts say the United States needs to add effectively double or triple transmission capacity. โ€œHow and where new transmission is constructed will have a tremendous impact on birds and our communities,โ€ he wrote.

Audubon also issued the 2019 report,ย โ€œSurvival by Degrees: 389 Species on the Brink,โ€ย which warned that two-thirds of bird species in North America were vulnerable to extinction unless emissions are lowered.

That same report examined Colorado with greater granularity: 125 out of 241 species are climate vulnerable in summer if temperatures rise 3 degrees C (5.4 degrees F). If temperature rise can be kept to 1.5 degrees C โ€” which appears unlikely โ€” the number of vulnerable species declines to 84.

Colorado in recent years has adopted two laws. One requires the stateโ€™s electrical utilities to join a regional transmission organization so that they can better share low-cost renewables over a broad hunk of real estate and in more than one time zone. Another law created the Colorado Electric Transmission Authority, or CETA, which heard the latest report from Audubon representatives in January. The organization has broad powers to build transmission that will help Colorado deeply decarbonize its electricity sources even as electricity expands into sectors now dominated by combustion of fossil fuels.

State Sen. Chris Hansen, a Democrat from Denver, the author of these and many other key pieces of energy transition legislation, says he believes Colorado and other states need to accelerate development of transmission.

Some have argued that the National Environmental Policy Act needs to be tweaked. Hal Harvey and Justin Gillis, in their 2022 book, โ€œThe Big Fix,โ€ make the case for revisions.

โ€œIn the book, we call for carefully thought-out reform, not just in NEPA,โ€ said Gillis, a former reporter for the New York Times, in an interview with Big Pivots. โ€œThereโ€™s a whole suite of land-use policies where, if we just leave them as is, it will take us 30 to 40 years to do that which really needs to be done over the next 10 years.โ€

Former Colorado Gov. Bill Ritter, in a meeting with Pitkin County commissioners on April 9, mentioned the difficulty of transmission when crossing federal lands and the perceived need for streamlining regulation. Idaho is about 66% federal lands, Nevada is 85% federal lands, Colorado is 35%. NEPA, he said, is part of a broader conversation about whether regulatory review can be streamlined without losing the environmental scrutiny that is needed.

That conversation, Ritter added, is not just a Colorado one, but a national one.

โ€œI just had a conversation with U.S. Senator Michael Bennet, and I think thereโ€™s ambition inside the United States Senate to try and streamline the reform and try and not lose anything in the process. Itโ€™s a federal statute that would have to be passed in order to modify NEPA and theyโ€™re trying to understand how to do that with bipartisan support as we speak.โ€

Madden is wary about reform of NEPA. Those things that motivated the creation of NEPA in 1969 remain. โ€œBut there are many, many ways it can be done faster,โ€ she said. โ€œThis administration in particular has been trying to do that by employing more people to review these projects.โ€

โ€œThere are a lot of red-herrings about why this takes so long. I think the worst problem is not the permitting. It is the interconnection queue.โ€

She says 12,000 renewable energy projects across the United States are waiting to be connected to the grid. She identifies utilities as being the challenge.

The Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory recently reported nearly 2,600 gigawatts of generation and storage capacity are actively seeking grid interconnections. That is an eight-fold increase since 2014.

The U.S. Department of Energy recently released the Transmission Interconnection Roadmap that offers possible solutions to speeding up the interconnection of clean energy.

See:ย DOE releases first-ever roadmap to accelerate connecting more clean energy projects to the nationโ€™s electric grid.

In her new position at Audubon, Madden has responsibility for implementing the organizationโ€™s climate strategy at the state and local levels. She previously was policy and political director for Greenpeace USA. She had also directed the Getches-Wilkinson Center for Natural Resources, Energy & the Environmental at the University of Colorado School of Law.

Along the way she had also worked at the Department of Energy, was a climate change advisor to Ritter during the last two years of his term, and before that had been a member of the Colorado House of Representatives.

Good News from the Clean Energy Beat: #Solar for All! Clean Energy Powers California! — Jonathan P. Thompson (LandDesk.org) #ActOnClimate

Photo credit: Jonathan P. Thompson

Click the link to read the article on The Land Desk website (Jonathan P. Thompson):

April 26, 2024

๐Ÿ˜€ย Good News Cornerย ๐Ÿ˜Ž

Now this is what Iโ€™m talking about: Last week, the Biden administration forked out $7 billion to states, tribal nations, and non-profits to carry out its Solar for All program aimed at expanding rooftop and residential solar and energy storage access to low-income folks and other underserved communities.  About $1.7 billion of that cash will go to the West (see breakdown below). This is what I call a win-win-win-win situation:

  • Win 1 = It will add more solar power to the nationโ€™s energy mix, hopefully displacing some fossil fuel generation, which will result in cleaner air and fewer greenhouse gas emissions.
  • Win 2 = This added solar will be on rooftops or vacant lots in or near towns or cities, reducing the need to blanket the desert with photovoltaics, which can be hugely destructive to ecosystems and wildlife habitat. 
  • Win 3 = Rooftop and community-level solar installations will increase residentsโ€™ self-sufficiency and reduce dependency on the grid, which is becoming less and less reliable as more frequent and severe extreme weather events damage infrastructure and utilities are forced to shut off power to reduce wildfire hazard. Plus, many homes that lack access to electricity, especially on tribal lands, will now have power. 
  • Win 4 = This program has the potential to radically transform the residential solar landscape, redistributing this exclusive amenity now reserved to homeowners who can afford to spend tens of thousands of dollars upfront on a solar system, to, well, all of us, including renters. 

Recipients include:

  • Colorado Energy Office: $156 million for single-family and multifamily rooftop solar statewide. 
  • New Mexico Energy, Minerals, & Natural Resources Department: $156 million to โ€œhelp overcome existing barriers to widespread adoption of distributed solar generationโ€ by expanding access to shared solar beyond the new community solar program. 
  • Utah Office of Energy Development: $62 million to launch a new program to โ€œstrengthen the market for deploying residential-serving solar โ€ฆ for disadvantaged and low-income homesโ€ 
  • Montana and Wyoming and Idaho, Bonneville Environmental Foundation: $131 million to โ€œexpand economic and environmental benefits of solar to low-income, tribal, and disadvantaged communities.โ€ 
  • Colorado-based Oweesta Corporation: $156 million to โ€œaddress adoption barriers to Native residential and community solar deploymentโ€ in tribal lands across the nation. 
  • Executive Office of the State of Arizona: $156 million to โ€œbring the benefits of the stateโ€™s abundant solar resources to the stateโ€™s low-income and disadvantaged communities.โ€ 
  • California Infrastructure Economic Development Bank: $250 million to reach โ€œthe homes and businesses statewide that are most in need of affordable, reliable clean energy.โ€ 
  • Nevada Clean Energy Fund: $156 million 
  • Hopi Utilities Corporation: $25 million to deploy residential solar and storage systems on the Hopi Reservation, where 35% of households do not have electricity and those that do experience frequent and extended outages. 
  • GRID Alternatives (Western Indigenous Network Solar for All) $62 million. Provides grants and incentives and technical assistance to deploy tribal residential solar, prioritizing communities in Arizona, Colorado, Nevada, New Mexico, and Utah. 
  • Alaska Energy Authority, $62 million, to partner with Alaska Housing Finance Corporation to deploy solar photovoltaic infrastructure statewide. 
  • Oregon Department of Energy, $87 million 
  • Washington State Department of Commerce, $156 million 
  • Alaska, Tanana Chiefs Conference $62 million to provide tribal residents with residential and community solar. 

***

And the good news keeps a coming: Wind, solar, hydropower, and geothermal generation supplied more than 100% of Californiaโ€™s energy demand on 39 of 47 days this spring. It wasnโ€™t all day, by any means, but anywhere from about 15 minutes on some days to just over nine hours on April 20. 

That is to say that a state of 39 million people, with one of the worldโ€™s largest economies, ran on non-fossil-fuel energy sources for more than nine hours. Thatโ€™s a big deal. 

Sure, it was on a Saturday in spring, when power demand tends to be lower, and on 4/20, when I guess a lot of people might have been outside smoking dope, which may or may not have affected electricity use. And a small percentage of that power came from large hydropower dams, which have their own problems and which California does not apply toward its renewable portfolio standards. Still, itโ€™s a milestone that wasnโ€™t imaginable a couple of decades ago, when coal generation dominated the power grid and utility-scale solar and wind power barely registered.

Most of the power came from utility-scale solar installations (California grid operators donโ€™t track rooftop solar output, but it contributed by reducing overall demand). In fact, the stateโ€™s collective solar systems not only met demand, but exceeded it enough to charge grid-scale batteries and still have enough left over to export to other states. On some days there was so much solar they had to curtail generation โ€” or basically throw it away.

Hereโ€™s what it looked like:

Graphic credit: Jonathan P. Thompson/The Land Desk
The green line represents electricity demand for the day. Part of the reason it dips during the middle of the afternoon is because thatโ€™s when rooftop solar output is at its peak, and rooftop solar reduces grid demand since folks are using power from their own panels rather than taking it from the grid. Source: CAISO.

And then thereโ€™s the dreaded solar duck curve to deal with. This refers to the shape of the electricity net-demand graph on sunny days (net-demand is determined by subtracting solar and wind supply from demand since they arenโ€™t โ€œdispatchableโ€ power sources). On a number of days this spring, solar output was so high that it pushed the net-demand curve down into negative territory in the middle of the day. The real problemโ€™s start when the sun sets and solar output suddenly diminishes. The net-demand curve shoots back up, forcing grid operators to fire up natural gas generation to โ€œfollow the load,โ€ or meet demand. 

But even that dynamic is changing as an ever-increasing amount of that late afternoon load spike is being met with power from grid-scale batteries that had been charging all day. On the evening of April 16, for example, another milestone was reached when battery storage discharge became the largest energy source on Californiaโ€™s grid, contributing nearly as much power as natural gas and nuclear generation combined for about an hour. Just this week, California announced it had surpassed 10,000 megawatts of battery storage capacity โ€” a 1,250% increase from just five years ago. 

Batteries alone, however, wonโ€™t get California or the West to 100% clean energy. The region will also need more of whatโ€™s known as โ€œgeographic smoothing,โ€ or moving power around the region to fill gaps left when wind and solar generation drop off. This might include sending Wyoming wind power to California when the sun stops shining, or shipping California solar to Colorado during the middle of the day. Achieving this will require better regional integration of the grid and power markets. Just yesterday the Biden administration announced a plan to spend $331 million to help build out transmission lines, an important step in realizing this goal.

Read more about the Duck Curve:

The Energy Transition and Public Lands, Part III — December 15, 2021.

A pronghorn hangs out among Wyoming wind turbines. Better integration of the Western grid would allow California and Arizona to draw on Wyoming wind to back up solar when the sun goes down. Jonathan P. Thompson photo.

A recap of Part I and Part II: Climate change is wreaking havoc on the electricity grid as extreme heat spurs an increase in demand for pโ€ฆ

Read full story

***

NEWS: Another proposed pumped hydropower storage project on the Navajo Nation bites the dust.

CONTEXT: One way to store energy is in batteries. Another way is with pumped hydropower facilities, usually consisting of two reservoirs, one above the other. Surplus power from the grid, usually generated by solar or wind during the day, is used to pump water from the lower to the upper reservoir. When the power is needed, such as when the sun sets and solar drops off, water is released from the upper reservoir and gravity propels it through a turbine that feeds electricity into the grid before emptying into the lower reservoir to begin the cycle anew.

Itโ€™s smart technology, capable of providing massive amounts of energy just when itโ€™s needed. The problem is, these things require water, dams, reservoirs, pumping plants, and pipelines, all of which can have an impact. That means properly siting these facilities โ€” and working with stakeholders before finalizing plans or applying for permits โ€” is important. And, well, so far, a lot of developers havenโ€™t done a great job with that, and now itโ€™s biting them in the butt.

Confluence of the Little Colorado River and Colorado River; Credit: EcoFlight

A few months ago the Land Desk reported on federal regulatorsโ€™ rejection of seven proposed pumped hydropower storage projects on the Navajo Nation, while also establishing a policy of denying any project on tribal land if the tribe opposes it. The regulators deferred a decision on one additional proposal โ€” the massive, three-reservoir Big Canyon project that would be on Navajo Nation land along a tributary of the Little Colorado River. The Navajo Nation initially had expressed concerns about the proposal without explicitly opposing it. After the new policy was put in place, the tribe clarified its opposition. This week, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission followed its new policy and rejected the permit.

Itโ€™s a bummer to see so many clean energy proposals go down in flames. Had they been built, the projects would have contributed mightily to the Western energy transition. Their failure, however, is not on the tribal nation or advocates who opposed the projects. The developers are to blame for faulty siting decisions and for failing to adequately consult with stakeholders at the very beginning of the process. That would save everyone a lot of headaches, and it might even result in some good projects getting built in the right places.

For more on the proposals and their problems, check out this excellent piece โ€” complete with great maps โ€” by the Grand Canyon Trustโ€™s Daryn Akei Melvyn.

๐Ÿ“ธ Parting Shot ๐ŸŽž๏ธ

Ute Mountain in the spring. Jonathan P. Thompson photo.

How much water remains in southeast #Coloradoโ€™s aquifers?: Colorado legislative committee approves many millions for water projects in Colorado โ€” including $250,000 for a study crucial for Baca County — Allen Best (@BigPivots) #OgallalaAquifer #RepublicanRiver #RioGrande

Corn in Baca County. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

Unanimous votes in the Colorado Legislature are rare, but they do happen. Consider HB24-1435, the funding for the Colorado Water Conservation Board projects.

The big duffle bag of funding for various projects was approved 13-0 by the Senate Water and Agriculture Resources Committee. It had bipartisan sponsors, including Rep. Marc Catlin, a former water district official from Montrose.

โ€œColorado has been a leader in water for a long, long time, and this is bill is an opportunity for us to stay in that leadership position,โ€ said Catlin, a Republican and a co-sponsor.

โ€œThis is one of my favorite bills,โ€ said Rep. Karen McCormick, a Democrat from Longmont and former veterinarian. She is also a co-sponsor.

This historical photo shows the penstocks of the Shoshone power plant above the Colorado River. A coalition led by the Colorado River District is seeking to purchase the water rights associated with the plant. Credit: Library of Congress photo

The bill has some very big-ticket items, including $20 million for the Shoshone power plant agreement between Western Slope interests and Public Service Co. of Colorado, better known by its parent company, Xcel Energy. Andy Mueller, the general manager of the Glenwood Springs-based Colorado River District, called the effort to keep the water in the river โ€œincredibly importantโ€ to those who make a living in the Colorado River Basin.

This map shows the 15-mile reach of the Colorado River near Grand Junction, home to four species of endangered fish. Map credit: CWCB

Mueller also pointed out that keeping water in the river will benefit of four endangered species of fish that inhabit what is called the 15-mile stretch of the Colorado River near Grand Junction.

Another $2 million was appropriated for the turf-replacement program in cities, a program first funded in 2022. Another mid-range item is telemetry for Snotel sites, to keep track of snow depths, the better to predict runoff. It is to get $1.8 million.

Among the smallest items in the budget is a big one for Baca County, in Coloradoโ€™s southeast corner. The bill, if adopted, would provide the Colorado Water Conservation Board with $250,000 to be used to evaluate the remaining water in aquifers underlying southeastern Colorado. There, near the communities of Springfield and Walsh, some wells long ago exhausted the Ogallala aquifer and have gone deeper into lower aquifers, in a few cases exhausting those, too. Farmers in other areas continue to pump with only modest declines.

What exactly is the status of the underground water there? How many more decades can the agricultural economy dependent upon water from the aquifers continue? The area is well aside from the Arkansas River or other sources of snowmelt.

A study by the McLaughlin Group in 2002 delivered numbers that are sobering. Wes McKinley, a former state legislator from Walsh, at a meeting in February covered by the Plainsman Herald of Springfield, said the McLaughlin study numbers show that 84% of the water has been extracted. That study suggested 50-some years of water remaining. If correct, that leaves 34 years of water today.

Tim Hume, the areaโ€™s representation on the Colorado Groundwater Commission, has emphasized that he believes this new study will be needed to accurately determine how water should be managed.

How soon will this study proceed? asked Rep. Ty Winter, a Republican from Trinidad who represents southeastern Colorado. Tracy Kosloff, the deputy director of the Colorado Division of Water Resources, answered that the technical analysis should begin sometime after July. โ€œI would think it is reasonable to finish it up by the end of 2025, but that is just an educated guess.โ€

She said the state would work with the Baca County community to come up with a common goal and direction โ€œabout how they want to manage their resources.โ€

Ogallala Aquifer groundwater withdrawal rates (fresh water, all sources) by county in 2000. Source: National Atlas. By Kbh3rd – Own work, CC BY-SA 3.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=6079001

Unlike the Republican River area of northeastern Colorado, where farmers also have been plunging wells into the Ogallala and other aquifers, this area of southeastern Colorado has no native river. In the Republican Basin, Colorado is trying to remove 25,000 acres from irrigation by the end of 2029 in order to leave more water to move into the Republican River.ย See story. A similar proposition is underway in the San Luis Valley, where farmers have also extensively tapped the underground aquifers that are tributary to the Rio Grande.ย See story.

San Luis Valley Groundwater

The closest to critical questioning of the bill came from Rep. Richard Holtorf, a Republican who represents many of the farming counties of northeastern Colorado. He questioned the $2 million allocated to the Office of the Attorney General.

He was told that $1 million of that constantly replenishing fund is allocated to the Colorado River, $110,000 for the Republican River, $459,000 for the Rio Grande, $35,000 for the Arkansas and $200,000 for the South Platte.

Then thereโ€™s the litigation with Nebraska about the proposed ditch that would begin in Colorado near Julesburg but deliver water to Nebraskaโ€™s Perkins County. Colorado hotly disputes that plan.

Lauren Ris, the director of the Colorado Water Conservation Board, said Colorado is โ€œvery confident in our legal strategy.โ€

Holtorf also noted that the severance tax provides 25% of the funding for the water operations. The severance tax comes from fossil fuel development. As Colorado moves to renewable energy, โ€œwhat happens to this Colorado water if we kill the goose that lays the golden egg?โ€

Ris replied said future declines in the severance tax is a conversation underway among many agencies in Colorado state government.

The South Platte Hotel building that sits at the Two Forks site, where the North and South forks of the South Platte River come together. Photo: Brent Gardner-Smith/Aspen Journalism

Column: Changing our lives is scary. But the #climatecrisis is way scarier — @Sammy_Roth (The Los Angeles Times) #ActOnClimate

Colstrip Power Plants 1-4 from right to left. By P.primo (talk) – I created this work entirely by myself., Public Domain, https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?curid=18292329

Click the link to read the column on The Los Angeles Times website (Sammy Roth). Here’s an excerpt:

April 19, 2024

Yet as Iโ€™veย traversed the American Westย over the last two years with my L.A. Times colleagues, exploring how the transition from fossil fuels to cleaner energy is reshaping sensitive ecosystems and rural communities, one lesson has risen above the rest: If we donโ€™t embrace change now, while we still have a choice, far worse changes will eviscerate us later. That lesson crystallized for me over the last few months, as I wrote about a Montana coal town struggling to accept that its West Coast customer base no longer wants coal power โ€” you canย read my full story hereย โ€” and as I struggled personally to figure out what kinds of stories I want to tell going forward, after a decade of reporting on challenges facing the energy transition…

Folks in Colstrip [Montana] and similar towns are justifiably worried that if big cities replace fossil fuels with renewable energy, their lives will change for the worse. Theyโ€™re not totally opposed to wind and solar, but theyโ€™re skeptical those technologies will ever fully replace fossil fuels, in terms of the bountiful jobs, tax revenues and other economic benefits that coal, oil and gas have provided.

China is all in on green tech. The U.S. and Europe fear unfair competition — The Washington Post

Credit: Beijing Energy International

Click the link to read the article on The Washington Post website (Christian Shepherd). Here’s an excerpt:

March 29, 2024

…Chinaโ€™s overwhelming dominance has alarmed officials in the United States and in Europe, who say they are worried that a flood ofcheap Chinese productsย will undercut their efforts to grow their own renewable energy industries โ€” especially if the Chinese companies have what they consider an unfair advantage. Treasury Secretary Janet L. Yellen, who is expected to soon make her second visit to Beijing in less than a year,ย said in a speech Wednesdaythat she will press China to address โ€œexcess capacityโ€ โ€” including in solar, electric cars and batteries โ€” that โ€œdistorts global pricesโ€ and โ€œhurts American firms and workers.โ€ Combined, this raises the specter of another trade war, one that activists say could pit protectionism against planet…

Chinaโ€™s metamorphosis into clean tech giant was ordered from the very top. Leader Xi Jinping made supporting โ€œessentially greenโ€ industries a priorityย last monthย as he tries to stop the worldโ€™s second-largest economy from slowing…Clean energy is a brightย spot in an otherwise gloomy economic outlook: Chinaโ€™s exports of electric vehicles, lithium-ion batteries and solar products soared 30 percent to $146 billion last year. BYD overtook Tesla in 2023 to become the worldโ€™s top-selling electric-car maker. This helped make the renewable energy industry the biggest contributor to the countryโ€™s economy, ahead of every other sector,ย according toย the Center for Research on Energy and Clean Air, a think tank. That shift has come about thanks in no small part to state support. For over a decade, Beijing has used measures including subsidies and tax breaks to create dozens of huge conglomerates that dominate sustainable energy industries. The Tongwei facility, toured by The Washington Post, is 15 percent owned by two of Chengdu cityโ€™s state-run investment companies. In the first nine months of last year, the company reported being subsidized with $125 million by the state, a 240 percent rise from 2022.

La Plata Electric bids adieu to Tri-State G&T — Allen Best (@BigPivots) #ActOnClimate #KeepItInTheGround

Downtown Durango on a Sunday morning. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

March 26, 2024

Directors say they see less risk going solo than staying tethered to their long-time wholesale provider

In putting together their annual meetings for members, Tri-State Generation and Transmission tries to put on a happy face of good health, team spirit, and forward movement. Thatโ€™s what associations do, of course.

A happy face will be harder to muster when Tri-State holds its annual meeting next week at the Westminster Westin hotel. On May 1 it will lose its single largest member, United Power, which alone is responsible for more than 20% of the electricity supplied by Tri-State.

And on Monday morning [March 22, 2024], directors of another cooperative, Durango-based La Plata Electric Association, voted to serve notice of the coopโ€™s plans to exit in two years. La Plata is the fifth largest of Tri-Stateโ€™s 42 members, responsible for 5.7% of the total demand over a three-year period.

โ€œWe have kicked the tires,โ€ said one of the directors, Rachel Landis, moments before the 9-to-3 vote. โ€œWe have been staying up late at night.โ€

โ€œItโ€™s a big day, a monumental day,โ€ said Ted Compton, the chair of the board of directors, in a later interview with Big Pivots. โ€œNobody thinks that this decision will make our lives in this coop easy at all, but we have self-determination to make the choice that we want and our members want.โ€

La Plata has been studying its options for the last five years. At one point, in 2021, it chose a partial-requirements contract with Tri-State. The co-op even had an alternative supplier for 50% of the generation. But that approach went nowhere as the formula got balled up in the review by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or FERC. Still, it left a sour taste still evident on the tongues of some directors.

Smaller tent needed

In 2026, when La Plata leaves, Tri-State will be left with 38 members. Also leaving in the interim will be Granby-based Mountain Parks Electric in Colorado and Nebraskaโ€™s Northwest Rural Public Power District.

For many years Tri-State had 44 members. The exodus began in 2016 when Kit Carson Electric of Taos, N.M., left Tri-State to pursue a different vision. Some wondered about the disaster ahead. Kit Carson had to pay $37 million to break its all-requirements contract to 2040. It hooked up with a new company, Denver-based Guzman Energy, which had no power generation of its own โ€” although it now does.

Instead of a disaster, Kit Carson has triumphed. In June 2023 it made the final payment to Tri-State while also completing enough new solar to meet 100% of daytime needs in its service territory in northern New Mexico. It has also been building microgrids and pursuing hydrogen as a storage solution.

A retired Tri-State employee who lives in the Durango area urged the directors to stick with Tri-State. The utility can do renewables at scale, he said.

โ€œPlease do not try to get out of this contract with Tri-State,โ€ said one woman, who said she was from rural La Plata County.

Another speculated that La Plata will have to pay $200 million or more to break its contract with Tri-State. Even if La Plata saves money, he added, โ€œMy kids will have grown up by the time we recoup $200 million.โ€

Compton, in his interview with Big Pivots, declined to give a figure. Tri-State, in a statement posted after the La Plata decision,  said that the estimated value of La Plataโ€™s contract termination payment to Tri-State is estimated at $209.7 million, with a final amount to be calculated prior to withdrawal.

Mark Pearson, a Durango resident, pointed to Kit Carsonโ€™s success. โ€œItโ€™s not  like weโ€™re the first one out of the gate,โ€ he said. He cited a number of solar projects west and south of Durango. โ€œThere are an abundance of local energy sources that would be cheaper than our current contract with Tri-State.โ€

Directors supporting the exit emphasized their views that Tri-State has failed to be a viable partner. The contract to 2050 โ€“ agreed to in 2006 โ€” does not meet La Plataโ€™s needs now, they said.

โ€œWe need the ability to make decisions, be nimble, have flexibility, to have local generation,โ€ said Tim Wheeler. โ€œAnd the contract with Tri-State to 2050 does not present that at all. It represents something from 20 years ago.โ€

Decision to seek FERC regulation

Wheeler also cited the decision by Tri-State to seek regulation under FERC, which is far more complex,  expensive and time consuming than regulation under the state PUC. To do so, Tri-State had to create a new class of members in 2019 who are not electrical cooperatives. For example, it added a greenhouse near Fort Lupton and a hunting guide from near Craig.

Joe Lewandowski, a director from Durango, urged La Plata members to take the long view of 5, 10 to 20 years when viewing costs. He also suggested that there was more risk to staying with Tri-State.

Asked about risk, Compton offered a couple of analogies.

โ€œA lot of  people simplistically see this as a decision to stay on a stable ship and get what need or jump off and swim on your own. That is not the way that La Plata has evaluated this. We currently do not see Tri-State as a stable ship. There are a lot of chinks in their armor, and it makes us nervous to be attached to that.โ€

La Plata, he added, feels more comfortable charting its own course. Tri-State, he said, got off course by seeking federal regulaton.

Tri-State went into the energy transition carrying heavy debt. It has pinned much hope on federal aid through the inflation Reduction Act to cover the cost of retiring stranded assets even as it builds lower cost renewables and natural gas.

But Wall Street analysts in the last couple of years have taken an increasingly dim view of Tri-Stateโ€™s financials. For several years they have downgraded Tri-Stateโ€™s credit-worthiness in a series of financial appraisals.

And Compton observed that Tri-State has encountered many problems at FERC.

In its statement, Tri-State made its case for why it should be seen as a viable wholesale provider going forward. In 2030, when 70% of its energy comes from renewables, Tri-State is forecast to achieve an 89% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in Colorado from a 2005 baseline.

Tri-State  has not raised its wholesale rates since 2017 โ€“ with an average 6.36% wholesale rate increase proposed to go into effect in 2024. That is being held up at FERC.

โ€œTri-Stateโ€™s members have created tremendous momentum toward an energy transition that will provide long-term reliability and rate competitiveness, while reducing emissions and increasing flexibility to provide industry-leading optionality for members,โ€ said Duane Highley, Tri-Stateโ€™s CEO. La Plataโ€™s โ€œboard has chosen not to be part of this future and go it alone on a different path, even as the region faces increasing reliability challenges.โ€

Why now for this decision?

Why a special meeting for the decision? And why just 10 days after Jessica Matlock, the general manager for the five previous years, left for a job at a larger organization in the Pacific Northwest?

Compton said the timing of the decision had nothing to do with Matlockโ€™s departure.

But why not wait until April and the regularly scheduled board meeting? Because, he said, the board had decided the time was right to make the decision. It had all the information it needed.

He dismissed an observation made by the chief executive of another Colorado co-op that the timing allows La Plata to use its 2023 financials in its application to FERC. That will make La Plata exempt from any capital investments going forward such as new generation and transmission planned by Tri-State โ€” and hence might lower the amount that La Plata will have to pay Tri-State to exit.

Compton repeatedly characterized that observation as speculative. โ€œIt was just one of one of many factors that we saw coming in the April 1 timeline,โ€ he said.

La Plata has been a member of Tri-State since 1992 when it and other electrical cooperatives from Western Colorado joined in the wake of the bankruptcy by their former wholesale supplier, Colorado Ute.

Colorado Ute had over-extended itself to build three coal-burning units at Craig for an oil-shale industry that never arrived. Tri-State took over Colorado Uteโ€™s members and its coal plants at Craig. Now, Tri-State is struggling in part because of the cost burden of those coal plants that will be closed between 2025 and 2030.

Craig Station in northwest Colorado is a coal-fired power plant operated by Tri-State Generation & Transmission. Photo credit: Allen Best

โ€˜On stolen landโ€™: Tribes fight clean-energy projects backed by Biden: From power lines to copper mines, tribal leaders are raising concerns about projects essential to President Bidenโ€™s climate goalsโ€˜ — The Washington Post #ActOnClimate

Oak Flat, Arizona features groves of Emory oak trees, canyons, and springs. This is sacred land for the San Carlos Apache tribe. Resolution Copper (Rio Tinto subsidiary) lobbied politicians to deliver this National Forest land to the company with the intent to build a destructive copper mine. By SinaguaWiki – Own work, CC BY-SA 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=98967960

Click the link to read the article on The Washington Post website (Maxine Joselow). Here’s an excerpt:

March 4, 2024

โ€œThis is our land,โ€ said [Verlon] Jose, whose tribe [Tohono Oโ€™odham Nation] includesย roughly 38,000 members across southern Arizona and northern Mexico. โ€œIt should all be protected.โ€

[…]

Jose is one of several tribal leaders nationwide who are growing frustrated with the Biden administration and its ambitious plans for clean-energy projects that could affect their ancestral lands. While the White House has worked to repair the federal governmentโ€™s relationships with Indigenous peoples, that effort is conflicting with another Biden priority: expediting projects essential for the energy transition…The SunZia transmission line is one of those projects. Once complete, the power line would carry clean electricity from massive wind farms in New Mexico to more-populated areas as far away as California. The Biden administration has championed SunZia as a key pillar of its plans for fighting climate change and boosting green energy, and has defended its engagement with area tribes…

โ€œWe do not disagree with renewable energy,โ€ Jose said. โ€œWe are for renewable energy. You know what the fix to this issue is? They could have rerouted it. But they didnโ€™t listen.โ€

[…]

About 70 miles east of Phoenix, one of the tribes fighting SunZia โ€” the San Carlos Apache โ€” is also working to stop a proposed copper mine on land that it considers sacred. In Nevada, some tribal activists are opposing one of the worldโ€™s largest mines for lithium, a mineral crucial to the development of batteries for electric vehicles.ย And in Oklahoma, a federal judge recently took the rare step ofย ordering the removalย of a wind farm on Osage Nation land.

2024 #COleg: Should #Colorado tell counties how to review renewable projects? — Allen Best (@BigPivots) #ActOnClimate

The Crossing Trails Wind Farm between Kit Carson and Seibert, about 150 miles east of Denver, has an installed capacity of 104 megawatts, which goes to Tri-State Generation and Transmission. Photo/Allen Best

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

February 23, 2024

A bill being readied for introduction in March would create a state standard for review of renewable energy projects by Colorado jurisdictions. Is this really needed?

A bill creating statewide standards for local governments in Colorado evaluating renewable energy projects is likely to be introduced in coming days or weeks. Is this a solution in search of a problem?

Very few local governments in Colorado have adopted regulations seen as onerous by energy developers. Pueblo County several years ago rejected a solar farm based on neighborhood opposition. They feared loss of views. Mesa County in January adopted a six-month moratorium on new utility-scale solar projects with the active support of at least one local solar company. Delta County commissioners at first rejected a solar farm on Garnett Mesa but the proponents made changes more acceptable to neighbors.

Coloradoโ€™s counties have not been hard-nosed about renewable energy. That point was made by State Sen. Byron Pelton, a former Logan County commissioner who represents much of northeastern Colorado and has a small cow-calf operation near Sterling.

In an op-ed published in the print edition of The Denver Post on Feb. 4 (not available online), he took a swing at the โ€œDemocrat majority and radical environmentalistsโ€ who would usurp local control in regulating renewable energy siting.

โ€œMost proposed renewable energy projects are approved, and when proposals are denied, itโ€™s for good reason,โ€ wrote Pelton. โ€œThose reasons range from environmental impact concerns and impact on agriculture and wildlife to inadequate benefits for the host community.โ€

Boulder County, he pointed out, led the way in using moratoriums to address local concerns.

โ€œThey imposed a five-year moratorium on oil and gas, giving them time to contemplate the best path forward for their community. None of the moratoriums imposed on renewable energy development have come anywhere close to approaching five years.โ€

On the same day Peltonโ€™s op/ed was in the Denver Post, USA Today published a story: โ€œUS counties are blocking the future of renewable.โ€

โ€œAt least 15% of counties in the US have effectively halted new utility-scale wind, solar or both,โ€ the newspaper reported. The limits come in the form of outright bans, moratoriums, construction impediments and other conditions that make green energy difficult to build.โ€

The newspaper reported that 375 counties blocked new wind developments in the past decade compared to 183 counties who got them. Many were in Tennessee, North Carolina, and Kentucky, but also in Vermont. Maps published with the story show a couple of counties with wind restrictions on Coloradoโ€™s eastern plains, and several on the Western Slope, which have far less wind value. The chart also shows solar restrictions in several Colorado counties but provides no detail.

One common requirement in zoning rules intended to block new wind farms specifies the height of a turbine relative to adjacent property lines. Most new wind turbines in the U.S. are 500 feet or taller. Some counties require setbacks of 1,320 feet, 1,500 feet, a mile or, in some cases, 3 miles.

Colorado Public Radio in a Feb. 8 story reported that State Sen. Chris Hansen, D-Denver, said he intended to introduce a bill that would create a standardized process for local governments considering renewable energy projects. CPRโ€™s Sam Brasch reported that an early draft of the bill also identified rules to restrict development of wind and solar farms and also transmission lines.

Hansen yesterday confirmed that he intends to introduce the bill in March.

A flashpoint for this lies in Washington County, which is in Peltonโ€™s district. While county commissioners in Akron have welcomed the Colorado Power Pathway that crosses the countyโ€™s southern section, the county in 2021 also approved some of the stateโ€™s toughest regulations on renewable energy projects. CPR says those regulations require one-mile spacing between structures and new wind turbines.

The CPR story also cites a study from the Sabin Center for Climate Change Law that found local governments across 34 states have approved at least 228 restrictions on renewable energy development.

New York, California, and Illinois adopted legislation similar to that being drafted by Hansen to limit local control over renewable energy projects.

New U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service Permit Expands Coverage for #Wind Energy and Conservation of Eagles: Audubon worked with partners to ensure that the permitting benefits Bald and Golden eagle conservation — @Audubon

Bald Eagle. Photo: Ryan O’Keven/Audubon Photography Awards

Click the link to read the article on the Audubon website:

February 8, 2024

Today the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) announced revisions to their incidental take permitting program under the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act. The final rule includes a general permit for wind energy projects that exhibit a demonstrably low risk to eagles. Audubon and partners submitted recommendations to make permitting more efficient in ways that support the buildout of wind energy while benefitting Bald and Golden Eagle conservation.  

โ€œBald Eagles and Golden Eagles are deeply important to our nation, and this rule sets a new precedent for how the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service will work with clean energy developers to avoid and minimize impacts to these iconic birds at wind energy sites as well as transmission,โ€ said Marshall Johnson, chief conservation officer of the National Audubon Society. โ€œWe congratulate the Service and the Migratory Bird Program for their hard work in creating a pathway to a more efficient permit program where wind energy companies commit to conservation measures, monitor and share data on eagles at their project sites, and help manage Bald and Golden Eagle populations across the country.โ€   

Clean energy development is key to reducing carbon pollution and helping slow the rise in global temperatures, but infrastructure must be sited and operated in ways that avoid, minimize, and mitigate impacts to local and regional bird populations.ย Audubon has set a goal to help achieve 100 gigawatts of new renewable energy and transmission responsibly sited by 2028. โ€ฏโ€ฏAudubonโ€™s report,ย Birds and Transmission: Building the Grid Birds Need, outlines the urgent need for additional transmission capacity and shares solutions for minimizing risks to birds. More about incidental take permits under the Bald & Golden Eagle Protection Act can be foundโ€ฏhere.โ€ฏ

Golden Eagle in flight. By Tony Hisgett from Birmingham, UK, CC BY 2.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=18249270

The World Is Losing Migratory Species at Alarming Rates — Inside #Climate News #ActOnClimate

Click the link to read the article on the Inside Climate News website (Katie Surma):

A first of its kind U.N. study by conservation scientists finds nearly half of internationally protected migratory species are on their way to extinction.

Humans are driving migratory animalsโ€”sea turtles, chimpanzees, lions and penguins, among dozens of other speciesโ€”towards extinction, according to the most comprehensive assessment of migratory species ever carried out.

The State of the Worldโ€™s Migratory Species, a first of its kind report compiled by conservation scientists under the auspices of the U.N. Environment Programmeโ€™s World Conservation Monitoring Centre, found population decline, a precursor to extinction, in nearly half of the roughly 1,200 species listed under the Convention on Migratory Species (CMS), a 1979 treaty aimed at conserving species that move across international borders.

The reportโ€™s findings dovetail with those of another authoritative U.N. assessment, the 2019ย Global Assessment Report on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services, that found around 1 million of Earthโ€™s 8 million species are at risk of extinction due to human activity. Since the 1970s, global biodiversity, the variation of life on Earth, has declined by a whopping 70 percent.

Scientists and economists use complicated models to try to predict how fast the world can transition away from fossil fuels. The Washington Post analyzed 1,200 modeled pathways for the world to shift to clean energy and found that only four of them showed the world hitting the 1.5C target without substantially overshooting or using speculative technology (like large-scale carbon capture) that doesnโ€™t yet exist. At this point, many experts believe that the economy is too stuck on fossil fuels to transition fast enough for 1.5 degrees.

Does that mean weโ€™ll pass catastrophic tipping points?

Arctic Ocean. Photo credit: The European Commission

Thatโ€™s a more difficult question. Scientists donโ€™t know exactly when certain tipping points โ€” like theย collapse of the Greenland ice sheetย or the release of greenhouse gases from thawing permafrost โ€” will occur. Itโ€™s very hard to predict and model these types of catastrophic changes.

And 1.5C isnโ€™t a magic threshold; itโ€™s not as though as soon as we pass that number, Antarctic ice sheets will collapse and ocean circulations will grind to a halt. But one thing is certain: For every tenth of a degree of warming, tipping points are more likely. Two degrees is worse than 1.9 degrees, which is worse than 1.8 degrees, and so on.

And at each tenth of a degree, the infrastructure and systems that the world has built โ€” electric grids, homes, livelihoods โ€” will become more strained. Our modern world simply was not designed for temperatures this high. At some level, the final temperature of the planet isnโ€™t what matters most. Itโ€™s where countries can actually get carbon emissions to zero โ€” and stop contributing to future warming altogether.

Earth breached a feared level of warming over the past year. Are we doomed? The world still hasn’t missed its #climate goal — The Washington Post #ActOnClimate

Virga during a sunset. By ะ’ะธะบั‚ะพั€ ะะปะตะบัะตะตะฒ – Own work, CC BY-SA 4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=112499661

Click the link to read the article on The Washington Post website (Shannon Osaka). Here’s an excerpt:

Itโ€™s official: For the past 12 months, the Earth wasย 1.5 degrees Celsius higherย than in preindustrial times, scientists said Thursday [February 8, 2024], crossing a critical barrier into temperatures never experienced by human civilizations. According to the European Unionโ€™s Copernicus Climate Change Service, the past 12 months clocked in at a scorching 1.52 degrees Celsius (2.74 degrees Fahrenheit) higher on average compared with between 1850 and 1900. At some level, thatโ€™s not surprising โ€” the past 12 months have been scorching, as a warmย El Niรฑo cycleย combined with the signal ofย human-caused warmingย generated heat waves and extreme weather events around the globe.

โ€œThis El Nino maximum is riding on top of a base climate that is continuously warming due to climate change,โ€ Andrew Dessler, a climate scientist at Texas A&M University, said in an email. โ€œThe combination of them is whatโ€™s giving us such hot global temperatures.โ€

But does this mean that the worldโ€™s most famous climate goal is out of reach? Not … exactly. Hereโ€™s what you need to know:

In the 2016 Paris climate agreement, almost 200 nations agreed to keep the global average temperature from exceeding 2 degrees Celsius (3.6 degrees Fahrenheit) above preindustrial levels โ€” and to โ€œpursue effortsโ€ to keep it below 1.5 degrees Celsius. The latter addition largely came from pressure from small-island states, who are at risk of disappearing under rising seas if temperatures get much higher. Scientists have shown that holding the temperature riseย to 1.5C could mean the survival of coral reefs, the preservation of Arctic sea ice and less deadly heat waves…

Does this mean we have missed the 1.5C climate goal? No. Thereโ€™s actually someย disagreementย about what exactly counts as breaching that threshold โ€” but scientists and policymakers agree that it has to be a multiyear average, not a single 12-month period. Scientists estimate that without dramatic emissions reductions, that will happen sometime in theย 2030s. But there could be other single years or 12-month periods that cross the line before then.

Can we still avoid passing 1.5C? Most scientists say passing 1.5C is inevitable. โ€œThe 1.5-degree limit is deader than a doornail,โ€ Columbia University climate scientist James Hansen said in a call with reporters late last year.

Ignoring Indigenous rights is making the green transition more expensive — @Grist #ActOnClimate

Ancestral map of the Osage Nation shows their migration over a period of more than 1,000 years, towards the modern day territory in Northeast Oklahoma. Credit: The Osage Nation

Click the link to read the article on the Grist website (Anita Hofschneider):

February 2, 2024

โ€œIf youโ€™re going to develop energy in the U.S. youโ€™ve got to do it with the support of tribal communities.”

In December, a federal judge found that Enel Green Power, an Italian energy corporation operating an 84-turbine wind farm on the Osage Reservation for nearly a decade, had trespassed on Native land. The ruling was a clear victory for the Osage Nation and the company estimated that complying with the order to tear down the turbines would cost nearly $260 million.ย 

Attorneys familiar with Federal Indian law say itโ€™s uncommon for U.S. courts to side so clearly with tribal nations and actually expel developers trespassing on their land. But observers also see the ruling as part of a broader trend: Gone are the days when developers could ignore Indigenous rights with impunity. Now, even if projects that threaten Native land and cultural resources ultimately proceed, they may come with years-long delays that tack on millions of dollars. As more companies look to build wind and solar farms or mine minerals for renewable energy, failing to recognize Indigenous sovereignty could make the clean energy transition a lot more expensive and much further away.

โ€œI think tribes are starting to see that they have more leverage than they thought, and that theyโ€™ve previously exercised, over all this infrastructure thatโ€™s on their land,โ€ said Pilar Thomas, an attorney, member of the Pascua Yaqui Tribe of Arizona and former deputy director of the Office of Indian Energy Policy and Programs at the U.S. Department of Energy. โ€œThey want to make sure that theyโ€™re getting their fair share.โ€

Rick Tallman, a program manager at Colorado School of Minesโ€™ย Center for Native American Mining and Energy Sovereigntyย who has spent more than two decades working on financing and consulting for clean energy projects, calls the Osage Nation ruling a wake-up call.ย 

โ€œIf youโ€™re going to develop energy in the U.S. youโ€™ve got to do it with the support of tribal communities,โ€ he said.  

According to Tallman, investors donโ€™t like uncertainty. He said a lot of infrastructure funders are very conservative and wonโ€™t back a project unless they are confident it will succeed, which includes getting the buy-in of affected Indigenous Nations. Thereโ€™s no upper limit to how much the project could cost if investors donโ€™t get it right.ย 

One analysis from researchers at First Peoples Worldwide at the University of Colorado at Boulder estimated that resistance to the Dakota Access Pipeline drove the project cost upwards of $7.5 billion. That includes more than $4.3 billion in divestment from banks backing the project and nearly $1.4 billion in additional operating costs, not to mention millions spent to hire law enforcement. 

Marion Werkheiser, founding partner ofย Cultural Heritage Partners, said the costs are so high that some renewable energy projects never even get off the ground, citing the Cape Wind project in Nantucket Sound that was opposed by members of the Wampanoag Tribe.

And itโ€™s not just a U.S. trend; Indigenous peoples around the world are fighting to enforce their rights, especially the right to free, prior and informed consent to projects on their landโ€“a concept enshrined in the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. However, the U.S. hasnโ€™t codified that into law, and compliance globally is spotty. 

โ€œRenewable energies are actually not that good in respecting Indigenous rights,โ€ said Genevieve Rose from the International Work Group for Indigenous Affairs. โ€œThey have this feeling that because they bring up something good, something green, that they are automatically a good thing.โ€ 

But her colleague David Berger said thereโ€™s more awareness and resistance from Indigenous peoples, and companies are being forced to factor in those costs. He pointed to Norway, where the state-owned company that developed an illegal wind farm has agreed to pay Indigenous Sรกmi people about $675,000 every yearfor the next 25 years for violating their rights. โ€œWhatโ€™s good is you have that legal structure so communities can push back,โ€ Berger said.

Wesley Furlong, an Anchorage-based senior staff attorney at theย Native American Rights Fund, said more tribes are filing lawsuits in the U.S., partly because the legal landscape is changing. For example, the National Historic Preservation Act, a federal law managing the preservation of historic resources, has been around since 1966, but it was only in 1999 that the federal government codified regulations related to communicating with tribes about projects that affect them, and the rules werenโ€™t fully in effect until 2004. Some tribes are just now learning about their rights.ย 

Another reason for the increase in lawsuits is because some tribal nations have more resources to fund litigation. โ€œIndian gaming has been a game-changer for tribes to be able to raise revenue and hire attorneys,โ€ Furlong said. 

That combination of more legal tools, more financial resources and more education about Native rights, Furlong said, has led to more tribes getting involved in energy developments on their traditional and ancestral territories, including lands with historic connections and are not owned by a tribe. And he only expects that to continue: Most of the U.S. reserves of lithium, copper, cobalt and nickel โ€” metals key to the clean energy transition โ€” are within 35 miles of Federal Indian Reservations, according to a study by the investment firm MSCI. 

Thatโ€™s something renewable energy developers need to be aware of, said Thomas. โ€œI am a staunch believer that if you are within spitting distance of a tribe that you should be engaged in outreach to the tribe,โ€ she said. 

Not every project is going to get buy-in, she adds, but she encourages companies to have patience and continue to reach out to tribes even if they donโ€™t respond. Furlong from the Native American Rights Fund said project proponents may erroneously assume that tribes will always be opposed, forgetting that tribal governments want whatโ€™s in the best interest of their citizens

Bottom line, itโ€™s much less costly for companies to invest in tribal consultations and get them right from the get-go, says Daniel Cardenas, the head of the National Tribal Energy Association and a member of the Pit River Tribe who has consulted with tribes and companies regarding fossil fuel projects. โ€œThe cost of engagement is almost nothing compared to the cost of what theyโ€™re going to have to pay [if they donโ€™t do it right],โ€ he said of developers. 

Werkheiser has seen some progress, with some banks, insurance companies and energy developers adopting Indigenous peoples policies to guide their investments and some companies undergoing voluntary certifications to show their projects are ethical and respectful of Indigenous rights. โ€œFinancial institutions are recognizing that this is a real business risk and theyโ€™re building it into the cost of capital for these companies,โ€ she said.

But overall, change is slow, she said. 

โ€œFor the most part, the renewable energy developers are repeating the mistakes that fossil fuels developers have made over the years,โ€ she said. โ€œTheyโ€™re not engaging with tribes early as potential partners and information sources during their planning process, and they are basically deferring their own relationship with tribes to the federal government.โ€

Thatโ€™s a mistake, said David Kane, a consultant who leads WindHorse Strategic Initiatives. Energy companies often mistakenly perceive tribal chairs as though they are the equivalent of small-town mayors, rather than recognizing them as heads of state. [ed. emphasis mine]

Because of that, he says companies often disrespect tribes from the beginning by sending lower-level representatives to liaise with them, and many companies may never even step foot on a reservation or go before tribal councils. Developers often complain that it takes a long time to build relationships with tribal members but Kane says itโ€™s better to do so before projects get underway. 

โ€œThereโ€™s still a lot of mistrust of white men and with good reason,โ€ he said. And the energy industry, including renewables, he said, is still predominantly white and male.

Another challenge is that sometimes companies assume what will work with one tribe will work with another, said Cardenas from the National Tribal Energy Association.

โ€œThereโ€™s 574 tribes, and each one operates differently and independently,โ€ he said. โ€œSo if you know one tribe, you just know one tribe.โ€

He thinks tribal nations should be seen as partners, even sponsoring partners, with shared equity in the developments. Thereโ€™s growing interest: Over the past two decades, tribal nations have pursued hundreds of clean energy projects, with the Inflation Reduction Act recently increasing funding for such projects.

But in the meantime, costly litigation continues. Last week in the U.S., four tribal nationsย sued a developerย to prevent a $10 billion wind energy transmission line from going into operation. And in Oklahoma, the Osage Nation is now seeking damages from Enel. A judge stillย needs to decideย how much that will cost the company.ย 

Get renewables right and get it going — Pete Kolbenschlag #ActOnClimate

Screenshot from the recently released Climate Change in Colorado Report update

From email from Pete Kolbenschlag:

In a world of often competing needs, sometimes it’s harder to find a common path forward than to simply plow oneโ€™s own. And when a project to be hurried along is for some greater good, then to steam through the process may seem warranted. This sometimes seems the case for calls to streamline clean energy development or to limit community input into new infrastructure. But shortcuts can make for long delays – and many an ambitious project runs into obstacles by not adequately involving impacted members of the public, who nonetheless will be heard. 

So theย Sentinelย is correct to call for clarity on utility-sized solar as it has in a recent editorial. Which was also on the mark noting that more solar is welcomed. The opportunity is here now to secure investments in a cleaner energy future. But that does mean that we have to get it right.ย 

Still, we shouldnโ€™t delay. The need is real. How we power our lives and communities is quickly shifting and western Colorado should lead the way. It isnโ€™t either/or. Siting of energy facilities and how they are integrated with the environment, farms, businesses and neighborhoods should always be a top concern. We must not repeat mistakes from our fossil fuel past when ecosystems and some communities were treated as sacrifice zones in the name of necessity. But we absolutely must transform our energy system and how we power our lives and economy.

Last February, my organization – the Colorado Farm and Food Alliance – issued its report on climate change in the Gunnison River Basin. Then 2023 happened. Last year is being widely reported as the hottest ever recorded as concentrations of greenhouse gasses in the atmosphere – notably CO2 – hit levels likely not seen for millions of years. Meanwhile extreme weather and other climate disruptions continued to reset expectations about scope, onset and frequency.  

Sure, there are still hold-outs who believe climate science is fiction and others who want hard to believe that some yet-unproven technology will allow the burning of methane-gas, oil and coal long into the future. But the economic, political and fact-based reality is that to a growing number of nations, decision-makers and institutions a rapid shift to clean energy is both necessary and inevitable. The data are clear: we must act with urgency and at scale if we are to address climate change. 

That doesnโ€™t skip over the need to meet community needs and issues. Federal legislation has made new funding available to help speed the deployment of more renewables. And the Colorado legislature is considering legislation, and could do more, to help direct where and how this renewable build out occurs. Still, local governments, like county commissioners, should not wait. 

Taking effort to incentivize renewable projects that integrate with and benefit the communities where they are located is key. Not only for fairness but also to smooth development at the pace and scope required. The co-location of facilities, solar with agriculture for instance, or on rooftops and over parking lots, can help to mitigate some of the burden new development can place on others. Opportunities like workforce development programs, consumer cost savings, community-ownership are other outcomes that can and should be encouraged to make clean energy a win for the community as a whole, as well as for the climate.

One example is the agrivoltaics project the Colorado Farm and Food Alliance has been helping to steer in Delta County, that seeks to develop a community-rooted model for solar that pairs with and even benefits agriculture, putting more clean power on the grid while returning the cost-savings from production to its farm-based member-subscribers.

That is one place strong local leadership can help, in Mesa County and elsewhere, to guide where and how such projects are located. And state legislation can create stronger incentives to put more meaningful and community-centered benefits in renewable project design and power generation. For instance, by encouraging utilities, both investor-owned and rural cooperatives, to accept more community-solar on their systems, or making it easier to put solar production cost-savings directly on a consumerโ€™s utility bill, as examples. 

But we need to act now. With federal funding from recent laws, a growing recognition of the challenge at hand, and a willingness to lead we can develop a new energy economy that supports western Colorado communities and livelihoods. We need a thoughtful but strong and steady approach that meets and matches community needs and promptly puts more renewable energy to work powering Colorado.

Energy Guru Says Energy Gap Can be Bridged — Writers on the Range #ActOnClimate

Click the link to read the article on the Writers on the Range website (David Marston):

January 22, 2024

The experts tell us an energy gap looms. Fossil fuels are phasing out, and solar and wind power canโ€™t produce enough electricity to meet the demand in coming decades.

But thatโ€™s not the thinking of Amory Lovins, the 76-year-old co-founder of RMI, formerly the Rocky Mountain Institute in western Colorado.

A Harvard and Oxford dropout whoโ€™s been called the โ€œEinstein of Energy Efficiency, Lovins said recently: โ€œIf we do the right things, weโ€™ll look back and ask each other, โ€˜What was all the fuss about?โ€™โ€

Lovins became famous in the 1970s after his research told him that building more polluting coal-fired power plants was a destructive mistake. His solution then was greater efficiency and reliance on renewables, and they, he insists, are still the answer.

โ€œThough itโ€™s invisible, efficiency will cut 50% of energy use and up to 80% if we do the right things,โ€ he told me recently. โ€œMost of the energy we use is wasted, which makes it much cheaper to save it, rather than buy it or burn it.โ€

According to a recent Princeton paper, heโ€™s right: 84% of all energy consumed goes to waste during delivery or by leakage.

To prove it decades ago, he built a passive solar, super-insulated house at 7,100 feet of elevation in Old Snowmass, Colorado. It never had a heating system though winters regularly recorded 40 degrees below-zero temperatures.

When I arrived there recently at 8 a.m. it was 12 degrees F. Yet the house featured banana and papaya trees growing in natural light around a koi pond.

We became acquainted when he read my January 2023 Writers on the Range column entitled; โ€œThe energy gap nobody wants to tussle with.โ€ Iโ€™d advocated building small modular nuclear reactors to bolster the grid when the wind doesnโ€™t blow and the sun doesnโ€™t shine.

The Crossing Trails Wind Farm between Kit Carson and Seibert, about 150 miles east of Denver, has an installed capacity of 104 megawatts, which goes to Tri-State Generation and Transmission. Photo/Allen Best

Lovins became famous in the 1970s after his research told him that building more polluting coal-fired power plants was a destructive mistake. His solution then was greater efficiency and reliance on renewables, and they, he insists, are still the answer.

โ€œThough itโ€™s invisible, efficiency will cut 50% of energy use and up to 80% if we do the right things,โ€ he told me recently. โ€œMost of the energy we use is wasted, which makes it much cheaper to save it, rather than buy it or burn it.โ€

According to a recent Princeton paper, heโ€™s right: 84% of all energy consumed goes to waste during delivery or by leakage.

To prove it decades ago, he built a passive solar, super-insulated house at 7,100 feet of elevation in Old Snowmass, Colorado. It never had a heating system though winters regularly recorded 40 degrees below-zero temperatures.

When I arrived there recently at 8 a.m. it was 12 degrees F. Yet the house featured banana and papaya trees growing in natural light around a koi pond.

We became acquainted when he read my January 2023 Writers on the Range column entitled; โ€œThe energy gap nobody wants to tussle with.โ€ Iโ€™d advocated building small modular nuclear reactors to bolster the grid when the wind doesnโ€™t blow and the sun doesnโ€™t shine.

Lovins called to set me straight, and after a second conversation and more research, Iโ€™m beginning to think heโ€™s right.

Though Lovins has many solutions for the energy gap, he touts three major ways to find more energy in what we already do. Tops on the list is changing how we build and retrofit existing structures because buildings consume 75% of the electricity we buy.

Most energy jobs in the United States are already increasing efficiency, ranging from upgrading windows and other retrofits, far outpacing the shrinking fossil fuels industry. (energy.gov)

As one example, Lovins advocates โ€œoutsulationโ€ for older structures, defined as adding exterior insulating panels to save heat. Courtesy of the European Union, my Irish in-laws recently had their house โ€œwrappedโ€ and saw their heating bills plummet.

His second way is demand-response, which Lovins calls flexiwatts. An example is cycling air conditioners off for 15-30 minutes at a time, a barely noticeable adjustment that cuts demand for peaker-power plants, those big emitters of greenhouse gases. 

His third way is using renewables more effectively. Diversifying renewables by location and type within a region evens gaps from windless and cloudy weather.

Coyote Gulch’s shiny new Leaf May 13, 2023

As for electric cars being a drain on the grid, they will prove to be sources of electricity, he said, as the next generation batteries will be cheaper and likely have double the storage. Daytime solar stored in vehicles will be bi-directional, spooling out power during peak evening demand.

Lovins also cites LED lights dramatically cutting the cost of energy. In just a decade, theyโ€™ve become 30 times more efficient, 20 times brighter and 10 times cheaper.

Lovins is quick to admit that an energy gap remains, but he predicts a single-digit gapโ€”6%โ€”between what renewables produce and whatโ€™s needed. That, he said, can be made up by stored, green hydrogen or ammonia, manufactured from water and air with solar energy, and burned in existing gas plants.

As for nuclear power plants, Lovins said even the best-case scenarios for the next generation of nuclear generators are at least a decade away, and at least eight times more costly than renewables today.

โ€œItโ€™s better to use fast, cheap and certain rather than slow, costly and speculative,โ€ he said.

Though cutting loose from fossil fuels is a massive undertaking, Lovins said America is on track. โ€œWe are on or ahead of schedule on renewables, with 85% of net new additions to the grid from renewables, and $1 billion invested in solar in the United States daily.โ€

For these reasons and more, Lovins sees our energy future as more of what weโ€™re already doingโ€”only smarter and faster. [ed. emphasis mine]

Letโ€™s hope that heโ€™s right. Dave Marston is the publisher of Writers on the Range,ย writersontherange.org, an independent nonprofit that exists to spur lively dialog about the West. He lives in Durango, Colorado.

Denver Waterโ€™s administration building is powered by solar panels. Photo credit: Denver Water.

About that FB EV-bashing meme — Jonathan P. Thompson (@Land_Desk) #ActOnClimate

The Bingham Canyon Copper Mine in Utah, one of the planetโ€™s largest human-made excavations. Jonathan P. Thompson photo.

Click the link to read the article on The Land Desk website (Jonathan P. Thompson):

January 10, 2024

Perhaps youโ€™ve seen the latest viral Facebook meme about the ungodly amount of mined material needed to manufacture an electric vehicle. If not, youโ€™ve probably seen one like it, maybe bashing EVs, maybe solar panels or wind turbines or some other clean energy technology (often accompanied by a gory image of a purported lithium mine). The implication is always the same: That โ€œgreenโ€ technology youโ€™re so fired up about isnโ€™t green at all โ€” in fact, itโ€™s destroying the earth.ย 

Normally I wouldnโ€™t give these things a second thought. After all, they are memes, which by their very nature are simplistic and aimed at triggering the most primal emotional response, usually some flavor of fear. 

But this particular one โ€” an inventory of the many tons of ore that must be mined to produce the materials in a Tesla model Y battery โ€” has been especially infectious, it seems, and has made its way onto many of my social media palsโ€™ feeds. Some of my friends have used it to argue against purchasing an EV, others have rightly questioned its veracity, while still others have posted counter-memes debunking it. 

Since the Land Desk covers lithium mining and other impacts of the clean energy transition, I figured Iโ€™d use this meme โ€” circulated by someone named Jackie โ€” as an opportunity to add some context. Thatโ€™s because, regardless of whether the meme is accurate or not, it does bring up an important question: Are electric vehicles merely an instance of problem shifting, or transferring the equivalent environmental impacts from one technology to another? 

The post in question, letโ€™s call it Jackieโ€™s Meme, claims that 250 tons of earth must be moved to obtain the lithium, nickel, manganese, and cobalt in a typical EV battery, and a Caterpillar 994A used for this purpose would burn about 264 gallons of diesel in 12 hours, offsetting the carbon emissions reductions youโ€™d get from driving the car.

These are certainly eye-opening numbers, even if they are a bit off (I came up with a figure of 69 tons of material moved, not 250, but more on that later). But they are also irrelevant in isolation, since the only thing we can conclude is that manufacturing an EV requires mining, just like mining was required to produce the laptop Iโ€™m writing this on, the desk itโ€™s sitting atop, and the data center responsible for delivering the information to you. In other words, building an EV has an impact on the environment, maybe even a big one. 

Coyote Gulch’s shiny new Leaf May 13, 2023

But you donโ€™t buy an EV because itโ€™s good for the environment. You buy it because itโ€™s less bad for the environment than a conventional vehicle (and for other reasons, such as performance, fuel savings, and so forth). Without including a comparison of how much material and mining is needed for a conventional vehicle vs. an electric one, the meme is useless, meant only to scare people away from doing anything.

And that may have been the intent. But another reason for the omission is that accurate apples to apples comparisons of the total amount of mined material needed for an average ICE vehicle vs. an average EV are hard to find. That said, we do know that EVs generally are heavier than their gas-powered counterparts due to the large, dense batteries (although they have far fewer moving parts). And we do know that EVs require far more of certain minerals, such as lithium, cobalt, nickel, and copper. 

This IEA graphic is a good one for those particular minerals:

Source: International Energy Agency

Manufacturing an electric vehicle, then, requires about six times as much of the listed materials as a conventional car. I suspect this disparity might shrink somewhat if steel (iron), aluminum, and molybdenum were also included, but it wouldnโ€™t change the basic fact: EVs are more mineral intensive than ICE cars. 

And whether the mineral is steel or nickel, cobalt or platinum, extracting it requires moving, hauling, milling, and smelting huge amounts of rock to get a relatively minuscule amount of target mineral. Thatโ€™s why the Bingham Copper Mine near Salt Lake City is 2.5 miles wide and nearly 4,000 feet deep. And the more rock and ore you mine, the larger the volume of waste, or tailings and waste rock and, generally speaking, the greater the environmental impact1. Hereโ€™s a great graphic showing the ratio of total material moved to ore mined to commodity produced: 

From the Energy Transitions Commission. Hat-tip to Hannah Ritchieโ€™s excellent Sustainability by the Numbers newsletter for pointing me to this resource.

Jackie apparently used this sort of math to get to the 250-tons figure. I think sheโ€™s off: using the IEA figures and the above graphic, I find that an EV would actually require moving about 69 tons of earth. But when youโ€™re talking dozens of tons, it doesnโ€™t really matter that much. Jackieโ€™s point still stands: Youโ€™ve gotta mine a lot of stuff to make an EV.  

So, go ahead, buy that gasoline guzzler and feel good about it. Youโ€™re doing the planet a favor! 

Just kidding. 

Sure, maybe when they come out the factory door, a new EV has a larger environmental footprint than its gasoline-powered counterpart. But once you start driving the things, the gasoline carโ€™s impact grows at a much faster rate than the EVโ€™s because of, well, gasoline. 

Letโ€™s say you live in New Mexico, and drive your car about 14,400 miles per year (the average for the state per registered vehicle), and you have an average car that gets about 22 miles per gallon. Youโ€™ll burn through 654 gallons of gasoline and your tailpipe will spew out about 6.4 tons of climate-warming carbon dioxide each year, along with a nasty cocktail of health-harming and smog-forming pollutants such as sulfur dioxide, carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxides, benzene, and particulates.

Thatโ€™s on top of the impacts of drilling for the oil from which the gasoline is derived. Drilling and hydraulic fracturing a single well can use 10 million gallons or more of fresh water. The 1,300 gallons of crude oil needed to produce your carโ€™s annual gasoline use will be accompanied by as much as 7,800 gallons of briney, contaminated wastewater that must be disposed of โ€” often in deep injection wells that can trigger earthquakes. Planet-warming methane, along with harmful volatile organic compounds, can spew from oil wells, pipelines, and refineries. Pipelines rupture regularly, spilling wastewater, oil, or diesel โ€” sometimes they even explode. And petroleum refineries are major pollution sources as well. 

Electric vehicles donโ€™t have tailpipes, so youโ€™re not polluting the neighborhood by driving one around2. Yes, electric vehicles must be charged, and yes, some of that electricity is likely to be generated by burning fossil fuels, which requires extraction and creates pollution and other environmental impacts. But EVs generally are more efficient than gasoline powered cars, especially the gargantuan SUVs Americans are so enamored with, so even if you charge on a natural gas-generation-dominated grid youโ€™re likely emitting less carbon per mile. Study after cradle-to-grave study has found that EVs have lower emissions over their lifecycle than their gasoline-powered counterparts, even when battery production3 and raw material mining is accounted for.

This is a Euro-centric graph from Carbon Brief, but it gets the point across. And believe me, an average โ€œEuro carโ€ is likely far more efficient than an average U.S. conventional car. Source: Carbon Brief.

EVsโ€™ environmental advantages will continue to build as the electricity grid is further decarbonized and fossil fuel generation is displaced by solar, wind, geothermal, small hydropower, and nuclear. Large-scale battery recycling efforts are ramping up, which will reduce the amount of mining needed to build the things, and battery technology is advancing: They are becoming more energy dense and new lithium-, cobalt-, and nickel-free batteries are being developed. Researchers and startups are working to extract lithium from geothermal brine, allowing them to generate electricity and produce battery materials in one shot. And some hardrock mining operations are electrifying their haul trucks and other equipment and building solar arrays to power operations.

The upshot: If you need to purchase a new vehicle, and youโ€™re trying to choose between an electric one or a gasoline-powered one, the EV probably would be a better choice for the environment over the long haul โ€” regardless of the scare-memes. 

Still, even that meme serves a purpose: It reminds us that we wonโ€™t get out of this mess by producing and consuming more stuff, no matter how โ€œgreenโ€ it may be. [ed. emphasis mine] Simply clogging up the roads with electric vehicles, blanketing the deserts with solar panels, building new dams, or filling our homes with โ€œsustainableโ€ goods wonโ€™t solve the problems created in the first place by overconsumption and waste. Economic and cultural systems must be overhauled or even overthrown. And the incessant hunger for more, more, more must be tempered at last.

The Need for Smart Energy Siting in the West: Harnessing Abundant Resources while Protecting Habitats — Western Resource Advocates #ActOnClimate

Wind Turbine in Colorado. Photo credit: Western Resource Advocates

Click the link to read the article on the Western Resource Advocates website (Severiano DeSoto):

December 11, 2023

As the West pushes toward its ambitious climate goals, the delicate balance between clean energy development and land conservation has become paramount. While WRA and environmental advocates have passed legislation and won commitments that put electric utilities on track to reduce emissions, advance clean cars and trucks, electrify buildings, and decarbonize gas utilities, this requires more clean energy than ever before. To be successful in meeting these goals, we must focus on the next step in this process โ€” where to place clean energy infrastructure through smart energy siting.

As WRAโ€™s energy siting policy advisor, I work at the critical nexus of the climate and biodiversity crises in the Interior West. I bring a unique perspective and experience to this role, too. I joined WRA as a clean energy policy fellow, working with our Clean Energy team to identify federal funding opportunities to advance climate change solutions. Now, as a part of the Western Lands team, I pull from that experience to help craft balanced policy solutions that advance WRAโ€™s clean energy goals while ensuring the build-out of new clean energy projects does not exacerbate habitat loss or place development on important natural and working lands.

Right now, the major focus of my work is on Colorado. Building the clean energy projects necessary to meet the state of Coloradoโ€™s ambitious climate goals will require a significant amount of land for wind and solar energy production, the largest driver of new land use change in the coming decades. To meet this need in a manner that does not exacerbate habitat loss and accelerate further loss of biodiversity requires a new approach to development planning.

WRA advocates for a smart energy siting approach that not only looks at the climate benefits of new clean energy projects but also accounts for the carbon impacts of land use change, ensures that conservation values are incorporated in the location and design of a project, and directly benefits host communities.

When done thoughtfully, new clean energy projects can provide the energy we need for a prosperous economy while minimizing the impact of these large projects on wildlife and ecosystems and provide direct economic benefits, from increased tax revenue to good paying jobs, in host communities. A smart energy siting approach assesses all these factors to maximize the benefits of new development and minimize conflicts that can often slow or stall projects.

.GIF credit: Western Resource Advocates.

WRA, as part of the Colorado Energy Siting Coalition, has been working over the last year to develop, advocate for, and implement a siting policy framework that ensures new clean energy projects in the state follow a smart siting approach to meet the states climate and conservation goals. WRA is a founding member and has been helping to coordinate the Coalitionโ€™s efforts to understand the perspectives of stakeholders across the state that are driving, or will be impacted by, the clean energy transition. We are also providing policy research and analysis to develop a policy framework that meets Coloradoโ€™s diverse needs and considerations. 

Given the stateโ€™s abundant clean energy resources, ambitious climate goals, and natural heritage, WRA believes Colorado can be a national leader in smart energy siting policy that minimizes conflicts with wildlife and accelerates the clean energy transition to address climate change. And this transition to a clean energy economy will touch all parts of the state. 

To better understand the various perspectives across the state, the Coalition held several rounds of stakeholder meetings to understand and address disparate needs. This outreach and engagement process culminated in October with a Clean Energy Siting Summit that brought together over 80 stakeholders from across the state to learn from one another and co-develop policy solutions to promote smart energy siting for Colorado.  

Participants included local and state government officials (county commissioners, state legislators, state agency directors and their staff, and the Governorโ€™s policy advisors), renewable energy developers, electric utilities and co-ops, clean energy trade alliances, and environmental justice, conservation, agricultural, and wildlife organizations. This broad group, working altogether and in small groups, assessed policy options focused on:ย 

  • Balancing state and local authority;ย ย 
  • Providing resources to local governments;ย ย 
  • Integrating environmental protections;ย ย 
  • Facilitating public engagement and establishing and defining community benefits;ย ย 
  • Streamlining and expediting the permitting process.ย ย 

Building on the momentum of the summit and the ideas and perspectives shared, the Coalition is working to synthesize this information and incorporate the various considerations of stakeholders into a policy framework proposal that WRA and the Coalition will advocate for during the 2024 legislative session.ย ย 

The amount of wind and solar energy needed to meet Coloradoโ€™s energy needs and reduce greenhouse gas emissions in line with science-based targets will require a significant amount of land. According to recent modeling by the Colorado Energy Office, the state will need to build approximately 12.5 gigawatts of wind and 12.5 gigawatts of solar capacity over the next two decades to meet this goal. If not properly planned for, this will cause irreparable harm to Coloradoโ€™s wildlife, natural habitats, and important agricultural lands. The good news is, according to the best available science, we can achieve both our clean energy goalsย andย protect important natural and working lands.

Accomplishing a just and equitable transition that occurs fast enough to address climate change is no small task. WRA and the Coalition recognize that to meet the moment โ€“ and this challenge โ€“ will require a thoughtful, smart approach to siting clean energy projects that incorporates conservation and community priorities. To do this we must ensure that all those driving or being impacted by the clean energy transition โ€“ including communities that have been previously left out of the decision-making process โ€“ are able to shape the transition and that the rights of nature and wildlife are protected.

Addressing the climate and biodiversity crises requires new, thoughtful approaches to meeting our energy needs, reducing emissions, and conserving and protecting the natural landscapes that make Colorado unique. During the upcoming legislative session, WRA will be challenging legislators to institute this critical balance into law.ย ย 

Tri-State Generation &Transmissionโ€™s plans for its #coal plants — Allen Best (@BigPivots) #ActOnClimate #KeepItInTheGround

Craig Station. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

December 1, 2023

Wholesale power provider for 42 electrical cooperatives hopes for federal help as it pivots from coal-heavy portfolio during the next few years.

In planning for the years 2026-2031, Tri-State Generation and Transmission wants to hasten its exits from two coal plants and add a ton of new wind and solar generation plus battery storage. This is to supplemented by new electrical production from natural gas.

The electric resource plan is to be filed with the Colorado Public Utilities by 5 p.m. [December 1, 2023]. However, these details were obtained by Big Pivots from a memorandum sent to members of the Colorado Solar and Storage Association. Important details were confirmed by other stakeholders.

Two accelerated coal plant retirements will be identified in the PUC filing. At Craig, in northwest Colorado, the utility proposes to advance the retirement of its last coal-burning unit to no later or earlier than Jan. 1, 2028, two years earlier than is currently the plan.

The proposal also calls for retirement of Springerville Unit 3, a 400-megawatt coal-burning unit in Arizona. Tri-State had not previously announced plans for retiring the plant, in which it holds a 51% interest, according to a September 2023 Securities and Administration filing. The proposal calls for a retirement no later than Sept. 15, 2031, but leaves the door open for a sooner date.

Tri-State does not see getting out of fossil fuels. It will retain an interest in a coal plant near Wheatland, Wyo., called Laramie River Station.

It also proposes to augment its existing natural-gas-burning fleet with a combined-cycle gas plant. That plant could also be coupled with carbon capture and sequestration technology. Tri-State has 8 member cooperatives in Wyoming in addition to 18 in Colorado, with others in New Mexico and Nebraska. Tri-State has significant transmission across the four-state region.

Not least, Tri-State proposes to add 1,240 megawatts of new renewable generation plus 210 megawatts of energy storage in four installations.

Many of these ambitions depend almost entirely upon federal funding to buy down debt on assets stranded as the United States tries to dampen its greenhouse gas emissions. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 allocated $9.7 billion for a national program called New ERA (Empowering Rural Communities).

In September, Jeff Wadsworth, chief executive of Poudre Valley Electric, one of the largest of Tri-Stateโ€™s 42 member cooperatives, told Big Pivots that the New ERA was the โ€œsingle biggest investment for electric cooperatives since the New Deal.โ€ The law creating the Rural Electrification Administration was passed by Congress in 1936, providing federal aid for extension of electrical lines to rural areas.

As the IRA was being crafted in 2022, Tri-State representatives lobbied Congress and the Biden administration hard to carve out funds for the energy transition in rural communities.

Tri-State has filed a letter of interest in applying for $970 million in federal funds. Whether it will get full funding is uncertain. In its SEC filing Tri-State reported overall long-term debt of $2.9 billion.

The National Rural Electric Cooperative Association, or NRECA, in September pointed out that the U.S. Department of Agriculture, the federal agency responsible for administering the program, had received 157 letters of interest from electric co-ops for 750 projects. The money is to be divided between small- and medium-sized cooperatives as well as Tri-State and other large cooperatives.

The federal agency has not set a timeline for a decision on federal funding, but stakeholders in the Tri-State process at the PUC expect a decision from commissioners by early summer. This presumed a decision by federal funding by mid-spring.

In a memo sent to some members of the Colorado Solar and Storage Association on Tuesday, the organizationโ€™s president, Mike Kruger, and general counsel, Ellen Howard Kutzer, said they believe it is best to support Tri-State in its quest for federal aid.

โ€œWe continue to believe it is better for the Colorado energy market to have a solvent and functioning Tri-State making an energy transition,โ€ they said.

COSSA and several other key groups involved in the proceeding at the PUC agree to a stipulation that expresses their broad support while reserving the right to push back on elements that arenโ€™t part of the plan that presumes federal money through the New ERA program. Other signatories include Western Resource Advocates, the Sierra Club, and the Colorado Energy Office as well as two of Tri-State member cooperatives. At least two other groups declined.

The Office of the Utility Consumer Advocate, the state agency with the mission of speaking on behalf of consumers, also supported the narrow agreement.

โ€œWe are supportive of the broad concept that Tri-State has laid out in their electric resource plan, although we think there is a lot of work to do,โ€ said Joseph Pereria, deputy director of the agency. โ€œThere are a lot of unknowns, but a good process has been started.โ€

Tri-Stateโ€™s insistence that it needs more natural gas backup for its major expansion into renewables is likely to be a major source of disagreement going forward. Xcel Energy and Platte River Power Authority are making the same argument as they prepare for a life of making electricity without coal.

Another major discussion will likely be about what constitutes just transition for Craig as it closes its coal-burning units. In adopting its goals for dramatic decarbonization in 2019, Colorado legislators also created an Office of Just Transition. The mission as summarized by the agency is to help โ€œworkers transition to new, high-quality jobs, to help communities continue to thrive by expanding and attracting diverse businesses, and to replace lost revenues.โ€

What this means in practice, though, is unclear. In the case of Pueblo, Xcel Energy has agreed to pay property taxes for 10 years after the last of the three coal-burning units at the Comanche Generating Station closes by 2031. As part of that process, Xcel will be conducting what is called a just transition electric resource plan. Xcel will see what kind of assets needed for its business can be located in Pueblo to replace the lost tax base and jobs.

Northwest Colorado communities need the same level of consideration and assistance, said Pereira.

Pueblo has started the conversation. โ€œCraig and Moffat County are in a different part of the state, with different needs and concerns,โ€ he said. โ€œSo itโ€™s important that we listen to those communities and that we think big about how we can help them plan for a future without coal.โ€

Wade Buchanan, director of the Office of Just Transition, said only that itโ€™s useful to have certainty when planning for retirements of coal plants and mines.

How about 98.5% emissions-free electricity by 2040? — Allen Best (@BigPivots)

Downtown Denver from the Denver Art Museum. Photo/Allen Best

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

Study finds that existing technology can get Colorado to near-zero electricity without need for breakthroughs in geothermal, nuclear or other realms. It will require a bit of natural gas.

Colorado can decarbonize its electricity very deeply by 2040 without busting the bank. But thereโ€™s a catch.

To hit this 98.5% decarbonization level will require accepting natural gas as 1% of the mix along with a small percentage of carbon-based electricity imported into Colorado. And getting there will not require still-costly emerging technologies.

Thatโ€™s the take-away from a modeling study commissioned by the Colorado Energy Office.

How about 100% emissions-free electricity? That can be achieved, and in several different ways โ€” all of them at a higher price, according to the modeling conducted by Ascend Analytics, a Boulder-based company.

The company modeled two other scenarios deploying deep levels of geothermal, hydrogen, and advanced nuclear reactors as well as other emerging technologies. Still another scenario examined the cost of using simply wind, solar, and existing battery technology. And one scenario emphasized local generation.

These five other scenarios came in at prices of $47.1 billion to $56.2 billion in net-present value โ€” all substantially higher than the $37.5 billion of the less-than-perfect scenario using some natural gas.

Burning natural gas on an as-needed basis to ensure reliability will produce 565,000 metric tons of emissions in 2040. That compares with 40 million tons in 2005, according to the modeling study. This scenario also envisions a higher share of electricity , about 17%, being imported into Colorado.

All the scenarios in the modeling assume substantial amounts of improved energy efficiency, in effect partially eliminating the need for new generation. All models also assume that Colorado utilities will, as required by a state law, be participating in some sort of regional market for electricity by 2030.

Will Toor, director of the Colorado Energy Office, called the study results โ€œhuge.โ€

โ€œThe biggest takeaway of the study is understanding that we can get very deep emissions reductions, nearly zero emissions by 2040 while minimizing costs to utility customers. That is not something that we understood going into this study,โ€ he said in an interview.

โ€œAs we look at developing the policy framework for 2040, it will be very much informed by that understanding,โ€ he added.

The modeling study will likely deliver the justification for a bill in the legislative session beginning in January that would propose a new emissions-reduction target for Coloradoโ€™s electrical utilities. Laws adopted in 2019 and in subsequent years tasked those utilities with reducing emissions 80% by 2030. Most and perhaps all seem to be on track to get there with relative ease.

Some moving higher more quickly

Some utilities expect to get far higherโ€”and soon. Notable is Holy Cross Energy, the electrical cooperative based in Glenwood Springs. It expects to achieve 92% emissions-free electricity by early in 2024 and has a goal of 100% by 2030.

Bryan Hannegan, chief executive of Holy Cross, has long said that the path to 90% was reasonably clear. The hard part, with answers still unknown, he has said, will be that final 10%. And unlike the path to 90%, that final leg will likely be more expensive.

The modeling has any number of assumptions. Some likely are further out on the limb than others.

All the scenarios assume a 40% increase in electrical demand across Colorado during the next 17 years. Population growth will drive some of this new demand. Increased demand will also result from electricity replacing fossil fuels in both transportation and building and water heating.

To satisfy this increased demand will require new generation. Just how much new generation will depend upon the type. Wind and solar exclusively from generators within Colorado coupled with battery storage would require 74,492 megawatts of installed capacity. Having natural gas available will require far less, 44,474 megawatts.

On a more micro level and with a concrete challenge, Platte River Power Authority โ€” the supplier to Fort Collins, Loveland, Estes Park and Longmont โ€” is putting together its resource plan looking out to 2030. Directors in 2018 identified a goal of 100% renewables by 2030 but also attached a handful of conditions to that goal. Five years later, Platte Riverโ€™s planners donโ€™t see a way to 100% by 2030, at least not without risking reliability or absorbing considerable costs. One scenario calls for 85% renewables. The plan, however, is not scheduled to be completed until June.

For an explanation of the reasoning for a unanimous resolution by Platte Riverโ€™s board of directors,ย see a blog by Fort Collins Mayor Jeni Arndt, her cityโ€™s board representative.

The Crossing Trails Wind Farm between Kit Carson and Seibert, about 150 miles east of Denver, has an installed capacity of 104 megawatts, which goes to Tri-State Generation and Transmission. Photo/Allen Best

Transmission, seen by many as critical to deep levels of emissions reductions, gets relatively little mention in the modeling report. Arguably, an entire scenario could be built around potential for transmission upgrades, such as greater ease of moving electricity between the Western Interconnection grid, of which Colorado is a part, and the Eastern Interconnection, which starts at Kansas and Nebraska.

Ascend Analytics had conducted similar modeling about deep, deep decarbonization of electricity for Los Angeles Water and Power. The question in that study was what would it take for Los Angeles to achieve zero-emissions electricity?

Twenty years ago Colorado and its electrical utilities almost entirely embraced coal generation as the cheapest energy source far into the future. By 15 years ago, that resolve had weakened. Voters had adopted the stateโ€™s first renewable energy mandate and legislators had upped it. Wind prices were swooping down. Not least utilities had become confident of keeping lights on while deploying wind and solar.

A watershed year was 2017. Xcel Energy, Coloradoโ€™s largest utility, which supplies roughly half of the electricity in the state, sought bids for new electrical generation. The low prices for wind and solar dramatically undercut those of fossil fuels. Proponents of renewables were elated. A year later, Xcel Energy announced its plans for 80% decarbonization by 2030. The paradigm had shifted.

Most of those wind, solar, and storage projects bid in 2017 have now or soon will go on line. Statistics for 2023 are not yet available. However, as of 2022, renewable energy accounted for 37% of the stateโ€™s electrical generation, with wind power accounting for four-fifths of that renewable generation, according to the U.S. Energy Information Administration.

Two coal plants have closed since 2017 and now eight more will be laid down before the end of 2031. One, Pawnee, located at Brush, is to be converted to natural gas.

Toor said his agency began having discussions in 2022 about the next steps beyond 2030. The questions guided creation of the modeling study. The state called in utilities, environmental groups, industrial sectors, and others for conversations about how to frame the study.

What some said

Ean Tafoya, the Colorado director for GreenLatinos, a national advocacy group, said he remembers the first meeting occurring in May. Based on the number of those interested in environmental justice invited to participate as stakeholders, he suspects dozens of stakeholders were involved.

The results of the modeling Tafoya described as โ€œvery promising.โ€

โ€œIt shows me that the emerging technologies that my community has been very concerned about, that we donโ€™t need them,โ€ he said, referring to hydrogen, carbon capture and sequestration and direct-air capture as well as deep-well geothermal.  โ€œAnd if we can do this by 2040 without change of policy, that is very exciting.โ€

If Colorado can find ways to leverage capital through green infrastructure banking and address workforce training, Colorado โ€œcan truly be a leader nationally and globally,โ€ he added.

Xcel Energy issued a statement that said the company was โ€œencouraged by the Colorado Energy Officeโ€™s findings.โ€

โ€œWe agree there is a need for new 24/7 carbon-free technology to achieve deep carbon reductions. The stateโ€™s policies will enable us to reduce carbon emissions greater than 80% by 2030 and will inform our future investments into the local infrastructure necessary to move clean energy reliably into our customersโ€™ homes โ€“ while keeping bills low.โ€

Do Coloradoโ€™s modeling results suggest a template for other states or regions of the United States, even other countries? Toor thinks so.

โ€œIt is saying that you can get to near-zero greenhouse gas emissions and pollution from electricity generation within the next 20 years โ€”with no incremental cost to customers. Thatโ€™s true with other states, and it doesnโ€™t matter whether youโ€™re a red state or blue state. โ€œRegulators and utilities should be excited about the ability to minimize costs to customers while nearly entirely eliminating emissions. I think that is a really important conclusion.โ€

That said, added Toor, other states are starting at different places. โ€œWe have already had substantial progress.โ€

Colorado also is blessed with renewable resources. It has wind โ€“ not the best, but among the best. It also has strong solar. Again, not the best, but very good.

โ€œI want to be careful about claiming insight into other states, but I do think it is a very striking result that you can achieve such deep pollution reductions simply by developing the lowest-cost resources,โ€ said Toor.

In creating the documents, Ascent based its projected costs of various technologies on projections by the National Renewable Energy Laboratory but also Ascendโ€™s Market Intelligence Team.

How fast will technology move?

Even with those presumably careful calculations based on strong information, how good are they? After all, 20 years ago, the cost numbers argued for coal. Incredibly, some people still try to make that argument.

Also 20 years ago, many smart people projected the imminent arrival of both peak oil and, by extension, peak natural gas. Those projections, based on rear-view mirror data, failed to anticipate the rapid incremental advances in hydrofracturing, horizontal drilling and other extraction technology. From $14.50 per million Btu in 2008, natural gas prices plummeted to $2.50 with the recession โ€“ but never returned to the stratospheric levels that justified poking very deep holes across the Piceance Basin southwest of Craig. Meantime, the U.S. became a net exporter of oil.

Of course, we have had similar cost curves with wind, then solar, and now storage prices.

Might the same thing occur with geothermal, using underground heat to produce electricity, as is already done in California and some other places? Sarah Jewett, vice president for strategy at Fervo Energy, suggested cause for similar optimism in her industry during her remarks at the Colorado Rural Electric Association conference on Monday. The cost curve in recent projects in Utah and Nevada has been bending downward, she said.

Earlier that same day, a panel of experts about nuclear energy reported cause for optimism about nuclear, while yet another panel predicted reason to believe hydrogen will play an important role in the future.

Toor acknowledged the unexpected cost declines for many technologies. โ€œItโ€™s quite possible that hydrogen and other technologies will be lower cost than now projected,โ€ he said.

Regardless, he added, these near-zero or zero-emissions pathways should become the baseline.

โ€œI think it would be important that utilities are looking at new technologies and that utility regulators are able to look at getting to even deeper reductions based on what the actual cost trajectories turn out to be,โ€ he said.

Coloradoโ€™s energy regulation framework is well suited to achieving those deep reductions โ€”even deeper than the low-cost 98.5% emissions-free that this modeling suggests will be possible.

A final report, after review by stakeholders, is expected in December.

Following are what the modeling study cites as its key findings. The language is verbatim from the report:

  • The Economic Deployment scenario, which relies on current state and federal policies and is projected to meet demand at the lowest cost, is projected to reliably meet electricity needs in 2040 while achieving 98.5% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in 2040 from a 2005 level while also achieving near zero emissions reduction in nitrous oxide and sulfur oxide.
  • Wind and solar will be the main source of electricity in Colorado in 2040. In the Economic Deployment scenario, 76% of electricity comes from in-state wind and solar; 16% comes from out-of-state imports of near zero-emissions electricity (mostly wind from a wholesale electricity market); and 10% from energy efficiency, with the rest coming from other sources. Across all other scenarios, in-state wind and solar account for more than 90% of electricity.
  • In the Economic Deployment scenario, gas-fired electricity generation meets only about 1% of total need for electricity.
  • Under current cost assumptions, the Optimized 100 scenario, which achieves zero emissions by 2040 using a technology-neutral, least-cost approach, selects a substantial amount of hydrogen and a modest amount of geothermal to complement wind, solar, and batteries. It is 25% more expensive than the economic deployment scenario.
  • The Wind, Solar and Battery scenario is 20% more expensive than the Optimized 100 scenario and 50% more expensive than the least cost Economic Deployment scenario. The Accelerate Geothermal scenario is 11% more expensive than the Optimized 100.
  • The Optimized 100 scenario retires all gas-fired generation by 2040. It replaces retiring gas capacity primarily with clean hydrogen starting in 2032. By 2040, this scenario has 5,061 MW of clean hydrogen and 125 MW of geothermal generation.
  • The model does not select gas with carbon capture or advanced modular reactors in any scenario because of the cost.
  • The Accelerated Geothermal scenario adds a requirement to have 10% of demand met with geothermal in 2040, which results in 1,989 MW of installed capacity (compared to 125 MW in the Optimized 100 scenario).
Mauna Loa is WMO Global Atmosphere Watch benchmark station and monitors rising CO2 levels Week of 23 April 2023: 424.40 parts per million Weekly value one year ago: 420.19 ppm Weekly value 10 years ago: 399.32 ppm ๐Ÿ“ท http://CO2.Earthhttps://co2.earth/daily-co2. Credit: World Meteorological Organization

#ClimateChange is turning swaths of #Californiaโ€™s mountains into โ€˜zombie forestsโ€™ — The Los Angeles Times #ActOnClimate

Pinus ponderosa subsp. ponderosa. Photo credit Wikimedia.

Click the link to read the article on The Los Angeles Times website (Alex Wigglesworth and Ian James). Here’s an excerpt:

The expanse of Sierra National Forest near Shaver Lake is a relic of the climate before global warming. Scientists believe that the conifers wonโ€™t be able to survive the current conditions. Researchers at Stanford University found inย a recent studyย that roughly one-fifth of all conifer forests in the Sierra are mismatched with the warmer climate and have become โ€œzombie forests.โ€

[…]

The findings indicate that these lower-elevation Sierra conifer forests, which include ponderosa pine, sugar pine and Douglas fir, are no longer able to successfully reproduce. Conditions have become too warm and dry to support conifer saplings, whose shallow roots require plenty of water if they are to survive into adulthood, Hill said. Giant sequoias also grow in lower-elevation areas of the Sierra Nevada, but the researchers didnโ€™t analyze the risks specific to those trees.

When these forests burn in high-severity wildfires โ€” or are wiped out by drought, disease or pests โ€” they will likely be replaced by other types of trees and brush, the scientists said. That could dramatically slash how much carbon the region can store; provide a habitat for invasive species; and displace plants and animals that call the forests home.

The clean-energy transition is โ€˜unstoppable,โ€™ IEA says — The Washington Post

Click the link to read the article on The Washington Post website (Maxine Joselow and ย Vanessa Montalbano). Here’s an excerpt:

The clean-energy transition may be inevitable, but may not happen fast enough, IEA says

The flagship annual report from the International Energy Agency, dubbed the World Energy Outlook, offers a rosy prediction of the growth of clean-energy technologies around the world. It portrays the decline of fossil fuels, the main driver of rising global temperatures, as all but inevitable.

โ€œThe transition to clean energy is happening worldwide and itโ€™s unstoppable,โ€ IEA executive directorย Fatih Birolย said in a statement. โ€œItโ€™s not a question of โ€˜ifโ€™, itโ€™s just a matter of โ€˜how soonโ€™ โ€” and the sooner the better for all of us.โ€

[…]

The IEA envisions green technologies such as solar panels, wind turbines and electric cars taking off in the coming years, thanks to both supportive governmental policies and market forces. By 2030, it predicts:

  • Renewables’ share of the global electricity mix will approach 50 percent, up from around 30 percent today.
  • Three times as much investment will flow to offshore wind projects as to new coal- and gas-fired power plants.
  • The share of fossil fuels in the global energy supply will fall to 73 percent, down from about 80 percent today.

Still, demand for fossil fuels will remain too high for humanity to meet the goal of the Paris climate accord: limiting global temperature rise toย 1.5 degrees Celsiusย (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit) above preindustrial levels, the report says. On the supply side, the United States is churning outย record amounts of oil. Yet negotiators at this fallโ€™sย United Nationsย climate summit, known asย COP28, can make certain commitments that help keep the Paris target within reach, the IEA said. They include pledges to triple global renewable energy capacity and double the rate of energy efficiency improvements.

The shiny new cold-weather air source heat pump installed summer 2023 at Coyote Gulch Manor.

#Colorado and #Wyoming Partnering to Become National Leader in #Climate-Resilient and Sustainable Technologies

Green River Lakes and the Bridger Wilderness. Forest Service, USDA, Public domain, via Wikimedia Commons

Click the link to read the article on the State of Colorado website:

Tuesday, October 10, 2023

Colorado and Wyoming are collaborating to support a regional team working to power innovative pathways toward climate resiliency by utilizing data, predictive modeling and cutting edge technology to address key challenges. The Colorado-Wyoming Regional Innovation Engine (CO-WY Engine) is one of 16 finalists in the first-ever National Science Foundation (NSF) Regional Innovation Engines Competition, which will award up to $160 million in funding over the next ten years.

Officials in both states recognize the opportunity to secure federal funding that will transform the region into a national leader in developing climate-resilient and sustainable technologies and expand economic opportunities and workforce development in these key areas. 

To elevate the CO-WY Engine, Colorado and Wyoming have both committed to align resources that will support the Engineโ€™s goals, including increased engagement of the business community with the regionโ€™s research institutions and Federal Labs; attracting more funding to support the commercialization and monetization of new technologies; and growing diversity within the regionโ€™s workforce to include rural communities. 

โ€œWe are thrilled to partner with Wyoming on this plan as Colorado is leading our country on environmental tech to help address climate challenges. This funding will grow the work of our universities and federal labs while creating more jobs,โ€ said Gov. Jared Polis.

โ€œThe pathway to a prosperous global future will be paved with adequate, affordable energy and a rigorous commitment to a healthy environment,โ€ Gov. Gordon said. โ€œWyoming understands the urgency of addressing climate challenges. Our unequaled leadership in innovating and developing needed technologies supports Wyomingโ€™s all-of-the-above energy strategy. This approach will grow our economy, develop our workforce and support thriving communities.โ€

The CO-WY Engine, spearheaded by Innosphere Ventures, looks to transform the region into a leader in the development and commercialization of climate-resilient and sustainable technologies. These technologies will support communities across the region and the country to monitor, mitigate and adapt to climate impacts. They are expected to have direct applications to water resource management, agriculture technology, and extreme weather, including wildfires and flooding. 

โ€œWe can solve so many climate-related challenges with technology-driven solutions, and NSF funding will dramatically increase what we can accomplish,โ€ said Mike Freeman, CEO of Innosphere Ventures and lead of the CO-WY Engineโ€™s proposal to the NSF. โ€œWe are pleased to have the support of both Colorado and Wyoming, which have such a strong history of collaboration and share our commitment to creating an inclusive, nationally and internationally relevant Engine that employs a diverse workforce and benefits rural and urban communities alike.โ€

Among the initiatives being explored by Colorado and Wyoming, the Wyoming Business Council, Wyoming Venture Capital, the Colorado Office of Economic Development and International Trade, and Coloradoโ€™s Venture Capital Authority are assessing the possibility of a venture capital fund or funds that will invest in startups commercializing technologies that emerge from the CO-WY Engine. 

These commitments build upon existing collaboration between the two states, including a four state Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with New Mexico and Utah to create the Western Inter-State Hydrogen Hub to advance a regional hydrogen economy. Colorado and Wyoming have also signed an MoU outlining the statesโ€™ commitments to explore the development of direct air capture to reduce carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

โ€œAcross the Midwest and Mountain States, Wyoming and Colorado rise to the top as one of only a handful of regions that have the talented workforce, collaborative business ecosystem, and research and development capabilities to become a national leader in developing climate resilient technologies. NSF funding will accelerate that growth exponentially, and we are committed to working with Colorado to seize this opportunity,โ€ said Josh Dorrell, CEO of the Wyoming Business Council.

โ€œIn Wyoming, Colorado has found a nimble partner equally committed to growing a strong, diversified economy, engaging urban and rural communities alike, and leveraging our regional strengths to create new commercial opportunities that also create climate resiliency. Elevating shared priorities and resources like a regional venture capital fund will directly support the development of the CO-WY Engine as a national and global leader in climate-resilient technologies,โ€ said Eve Lieberman, OEDIT Executive Director.
๏ปฟ
The NSF Engines program envisions supporting multiple flourishing regional innovation ecosystems across the U.S., spurring economic growth in regions that have not fully participated in the technology boom of the past few decades.The NSF is expected to announce successful Regional Innovation Engines this fall.

A few thoughts on Xcel Energyโ€™s biggest pivot yet — @BigPivots (Allen Best)

Xcel Energy building in downtown Denver. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

A lot of money, of course, and a lot of new transmission in and around metropolitan Denver. What else is there in this package?

What an exciting time for Colorado.

Weโ€™re reinventing energy at a brisk pace that puts us in the front tier of states engaged โ€” and also guiding โ€” this necessary and critical transition.

And now we have specifics of what our largest electrical utility, Xcel Energy, with 1.6 million customers, prefers to do in meeting expanding demands for electricity while complying with a raft of state laws adopted beginning in 2019.

โ€œThis plan is transformational,โ€ says Xcel in its filing from Monday night with the Colorado Public Utilities Commission. Yep.

You can download the report, โ€œOur Energy Future: Destination 2030โ€ Or go to the PUC e-files in proceeding 21A-0141E and look for Public 2021 ERP & DCEP.. There are several dozen related documents in the docket.

Youโ€™ve probably read the about this in the Denver Post or elsewhere. Lots of statistics. The most important one in 184 pages of statistics is this:

Xcel expects to be at 80% to 85% emissions-free energy by 2030. That not just a reduction as compared to 2005 levels. The law adopted in 2019 required it to achieve 80% reduction. This plan, if adopted and executed, goes higher. This is more than reduction. It goes roughly 10% higher.

The company says it can deliver this with a rate impact of about 2.25% annually. This compares with the projected rate of inflation of 2.3% during the remainder of the 2020s.

Too much? Well, Xcel does look out after its own financial interests. Robert Kenney, the president of Xcelโ€™s Colorado division, made the case for reward for capital invested in an exchange Tuesday night with self-appointed and dedicated Xcel watchdog Leslie Glustrom at Empower Hour.

โ€œI do believe we have seen the investor-owned utilities (around the country) spur innovation for nascent technologies into maturity,โ€ said Kenney, who before his arrival in Colorado in June 2022 spent seven years with PG&E in California and, before that, as a PUC commissioner in Missouri for six years.

(See that exchange here; itโ€™s early in the 90-minute program).

Xcel is moving boldly with the $14 billion in energy investments identified in this plan, but it may not even be the most impressive feat in Colorado. Holy Cross still says it expects to be at 100% emissions-free energy by 2030. And Tri-State, too long the epitome of a drag-your-feet G&T, is not terribly far behind โ€” if it can keep its members. But thatโ€™s another story.

Xcel was reluctant to go forward with its first major wind farm, completed in 2004, but now has much wind โ€” and will add far more in the next few yeas. Photo near Cheyenne Wells, Allen Best

Keep in mind, this is not just fuel switching. Itโ€™s also fuel expansion. We will need double or triple the electricity as we electrify buildings and transportation. Weโ€™ve barely begun.

This is on top of population expansion within metro Denver, the primary market for Xcel Energy. Xcel projects increased demand (called load, in the terminology of electrical providers) at 300 megawatts by 2026.

Xcelโ€™s report notes that the population growth in the Denver metro area has consistently outpaced the national rate in every decade since the 1930s.

That said, much in Xcelโ€™s preferred plan was unsurprising. It lays out a broad program for 6,545 megawatts of new renewable projects, broken down in this way:

  • 3,400 megawatts for wind;
  • 1,100 megawatts of solar;
  • 1,400 megawatts of solar combined with storage;
  • 19 megawatts of biomass (forest trees at a plant in Hayden);
  • 600 megawatts of standalone storage.

And to think, aside from the 340-megawatt Cabin Creek pumped-storage hydro at Georgetown, Coloradoโ€™s largest battery storage facility last winter was still only 5 megawatt-hours (at the Holy Cross project between Glenwood Springs and Basalt).

This year, Xcel has added 225 megawatts of battery storage to Front Range locations. That was the result of a 2016 resource plan. These things do take time.

Xcel said it proposes six times more storage as compared to its contemplation earlier in this process โ€” a result directly of incentives provided by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022.

That federal package also delivers other benefits. It will, says Xcel, bring โ€œbillions of dollars in federal support to Colorado.โ€ It estimates $10 billion in IRA benefits to customers.

Big investment in transmission

Transmission figures prominently in this plan.

PUC commissioners last fall approved the Power Pathway Project, a $1.7 billion string of high-voltage transmission lines looping 560 miles from near the Pawnee power plant at Brush and around the eastern plains and back to the Front Range. Construction began in June.

Xcel says its โ€œexisting transmission system is capable of reliably serving our customers today, but the energy transition cannot be accomplished with only minor changes to the transmission system.โ€

This plan proposes an additional $2.82 billion in transmission investments.

For detailed profiles of Xcelโ€™s routing ideas, go to Xcelโ€™s Power Pathway website.

Part of that is the May Valley-Longhorn extension from the May Valley substation north of Lamar to Baca County, in the stateโ€™s southeastern corner. The 50-mile extension, called Longhorn โ€” as most everything is called in the Springfield area โ€” would cost $252 million. It figures prominently in Xcelโ€™s plans because, as this report explains, Xcel finds the wind to be of low cost and its characteristics complementary to wind in other locations.

โ€œWind generation in the southeast portion of Colorado exhibits materially different generation patterns and will thus be a useful improvement to our system in adding geographic diversity to our overall renewable generation portfolio.โ€

Or, to paraphrase what I heard from locals in a visit there last week: the wind always blows in Baca County. They can describe the different winds with the expertise that a wine connoisseur might apply to various vintages.

Xcel says the Longhorn transmission extension will deliver 1,206 megawatts of wind. It also says that this wind will save the company โ€“ and hence consumers โ€“ a great deal of money: $282 million.

That deserves a wow!

However, if that Baca County wind were excluded, there would be more solar and storage.

The San Luis Valley also stands to get transmission upgrades. Appendix Q in the filings says this:

โ€œThe area has rough, remote, and challenging geography and weather, significant permitting issues due to a patch work of state and federal land use designations (conservation easements, U.S. Forest Service-managed land, National Park Service managed lands, and multiple state-protected areas).โ€

Electrical deliveries arrive almost entirely via three transmission lines crossing Poncha Pass. The valley residents are served by both Xcel and by Tri-State members. Both utilities have tried to create solutions since a 1998 study identified the problems. Some Band-Aids have helped.

Xcel proposes to spend $176 million to improve the situation in the San Luis Valley. Additional transmission would also open the door to development of new solar.

Most surprising to me โ€” likely because I do not read the filings on the PUC dockets religiously โ€“ is how much Xcel believes it needs to spend in metro Denver: $2.146 billion.

It justifies the expense with this explanation.

โ€œThe companyโ€™s analysis shows that a new phase of the transition is emerging โ€“ reliably managing power transmission within and around the metropolitan area,โ€ says the report. (Page 33).

โ€œDelivery of remote resources is still an important consideration of transmission planning, as evidenced by the critical role that the CPP (Colorado Power Pathway) plays in enabling the preferred plan. However, as the company moves toward a grid powered primarily by renewable resources, and less reliant on legacy urban power plants, transmission investments are increasingly focused on enhancing the capacity and resiliency of the entire transmission grid โ€”including those parts of the grid located closest to our customersโ€™ homes and businesses.โ€

Why so much money for transmission upgrades in metro Denver? In part, says Xcel, itโ€™s because of the lack of bids for resources within the metro area. The report and an accompanying appendix do not discuss reasons why the company failed to get those close-in resources.

That takes us to natural gas โ€”and the related issue of how well Xcel can meet peak demands caused by extreme weather. The environmental community has been insistent that Xcel needs to reduce or eliminate its investment in natural gas generation. Xcel has maintained that natural gas must remain part of the equation, at least in this planning period, because alternatives have not yet been firmed up.

The company proposes to have 628 megawatts of capacity. This, it says, will solve the โ€œreliability and resiliency variablesโ€ of a hot period in the summer of 2028.

In short, Xcel has to prepare for hot summers and cold winters. The base case is a hot spell in July 2022 and Winter Storm Uri of 2021. At both times, renewables underperformed. (I might have thought reference cases to a much hotter time of the future would have been used, but maybe Iโ€™m missing something).

What enables Xcel to meet the peak demands for cooling or heating? It could add on even more proven storage, altogether 3,700 megawatts worth, and over 13,000 megawatts of renewables, but at a cost of $5.4 billion more than this plan.

Instead, Xcel sees natural gas being the answer. The company emphasizes modeling that shows the new 400 megawatts of natural gas-created electricity will be needed only 5% of the time. Most of the time, they will sit idle. But, when needed, some can ramp up in a matter of 2 to 10 minutes, others as long as 30 minutes. This compares with coal plants, which mostly took 18 hours to ramp up.

Xcel is proposing a reserve margin of 18%. Thatโ€™s how much capacity it plans on top of what it thinks it needs. All utilities have some reserve margins.

Game changers in next few years?

Storage is a major component of this part of this Xcel pivot and energy transition story altogether.

โ€œThe availability of cost-competitive utility-scale storage is reducing, but not eliminating, the need for new carbon emitting capacity resources โ€“ namely in inclement weather and during long-duration high-load situations,โ€ says Xcel.

Will we get a break-through that will change the narrative?

Xcel plans a demonstration project at Pueblo that it expects to get underway in late 2024 to test the efficacy of a new storage technology called iron-rust that the developers believe can store energy for up to 100 hours. Along with its partner, Form Energy, it received a $20 million grant in April from the Breakthrough Energy Catalyst. This week, Xcel announced a grant of up to $70 million from the U.S. Department of Energy. Both grants are to be split between the Pueblo project and a parallel project in Minnesota.

If this proves out, does this change the ball game, largely eliminating the need for natural gas?

Xcel nods at this question, pointing to modeling results that โ€œHighlighting the need for further advancements in technology and a more diverse portfolio of resources may be needed to help economically reach our clean energy goals in the future.โ€

It also talks about using fuels other than natural gas โ€“ think hydrogen and ammonia and biogas โ€”in these plans.

This natural gas component will be the most hotly disputed element of the Xcel planโ€”as it has been for the last two years.

Also raising my eyebrows in this 120-day report:

New technologies

A recent Colorado law sought to nudge utilities into accelerating new technology. The rule-making by the PUC in regard to this Section 123 provision specified that the resources must be โ€œnew, innovative, and not commercialized technology, and provide unique, scalable and beneficiation attributes as to future costs, emissions, reduction, or reliability benefits.โ€ โ€œWind, solar or lithium-ion based battery storage,โ€ concluded the PUC, do not qualify.

Xcel solicited bids and got a variety of proposals, including:

  • a plant in the San Luis Valley that could burn a variety of clean fuels including hydrogen and ammonia;
  • a hydrogen fuel cell project near Brush that would use salt-storage caverns to deliver 10-hour storage;
  • a 5-megawatt geothermal power plant in Weld County that would mine the 135 degree C (275 degrees F) non-potable water found deep underground.

Xcel found all of these proposals from bidders wanting for one reason or another. However, thatโ€™s not a solid no in all the cases, the company added.

Xcel Energy proposes a small biomass at Hayden, site of the current Hayden Generating Station. It says skill sets can transition relatively easily.ย Photo/Allen Best

Biomass at Hayden

The company proposes a 19-megawatt biomass plant at Hayden, burning dead trees from northwest Colorado to produce electricity. Colorado has an existing biomass plant at Gypsum, which is a little smaller, 11.5 megawatts, in capacity. It burns wood from as far away as the Blue River Valley between Silverthorne and Kremmling.

Workforce transition

The company points out that it has closed 18 generating units across its service territory during the last 15 years without any forced workforce reductions.

It says it will leverage natural attrition and worker retirements, and the remaining workers will be โ€œup-skilled to operate and maintain the new clean energy assets or, if they choose, relocated and or transited and reskilled into another job.โ€

For example, it says, workers at the Hayden coal-burning plant have 80% of the skills, on average, needed to operate and maintain a biomass unit. The company says it will work with the biomass unit vendor, Colorado Northwestern Community College, and others to identify the additional training needed.

Pueblo solicitation

As part of its plans for Pueblo, where the Comanche 3 coal-burning plant is scheduled for retirement by 2031, Xcel plans to solicit bids that will fill out what the company needs in that final segment of 2028-2030.

The projects need to help out Pueblo County economically, even though Xcel has already committed to paying taxes on Comanche 3 in lieu of its operation until 2040.

Will it be nuclear? Xcel has not ruled out nuclear, but neither does it see nuclear as an option for 2030.

Xcel Energy Coloradoโ€™s CEO Kenney, in his remarks at Empower Hour, said the company sees small modular reactors and related technology under development as having promise.โ€ But, he added, โ€œIt is unlikely such technologies will be trued up on a timeline to replace Comanche 3. But it will absolutely be a technology that we will continue to explore.โ€

Social cost of carbon

The planning considerations for this are so much more complex than those of the past. Decisions must be filtered through the social cost of carbon and also the social cost of methane. There are considerations about disproportionately impacted communities. And, as noted above, we have โ€œjust transitionโ€ as a consideration.

The simile of a triathlon race

Such documents are not ordinarily noted for their literary flourishes, and this one is no exception. But it must be noticed that aa simile found on page 62 is worth calling out:

โ€œGetting to this point is like training to get to the starting line of a triathlon. We are excited, we have a support team at the ready, we understand the challenges, and we are looking forward to taking them on with a good plan in place. But that does not mean that implementation and execution of the plan will be easy, and unknown challenges lie ahead given the breadth of generation and transmission development contemplated by this plan.โ€

Colorado Green, located between Springfield and Lamar, was Coloradoโ€™s first, large wind farm. Photo/Allen Best

A dogged reporter covers our roiling world — Writers on the Range

Dave Marston has written a profile of friend of Coyote Gulch Allen Best. Click the link to read the article on the Writers on the Range website (David Marston):

Usually seen with a camera slung around his neck, Allen Best edits a one-man online journalism shop he calls Big Pivots. Its beat is the changes made necessary by our rapidly warming climate, and he calls it the most important story heโ€™s ever covered.

Best is based in the Denver area, and his twice-a-month e-journal looks for the radical transitions in Coloradoโ€™s energy, water, and other urgent aspects of the stateโ€™s economy. These changes, he thinks, overwhelm the arrival of the telephone, rural electrification and even the internal combustion engine in terms of their impact.

Global warming, he declares, is โ€œthe biggest pivot of all.โ€

Whether you โ€œbelieveโ€ in climate change โ€” and Best points out that at least one Colorado state legislator does not โ€” thereโ€™s no denying that our entire planet is undergoing dramatic changes, including melting polar ice, ever-intensifying storms, and massive wildlife extinctions.

A major story that Best, 71, has relentlessly chronicled concerns Tri-State, a wholesale power supplier serving Colorado and three other states. Late to welcome renewable energy, itโ€™s been weighed down with aging coal-fired power plants. Best closely followed how many of its 42 customers โ€” rural electric cooperatives โ€” have fought to withdraw from, or at least renegotiate, contracts that hampered their ability to buy cheaper power and use local renewable sources.

Bestโ€™s first newspaper job was at the Middle Park Times in Kremmling, a mountain town along the Colorado River. He wrote about logging, molybdenum mining and the many miners who came from eastern Europe. His prose wasnโ€™t pretty, he says, but he got to hone his skills.

Because of his rural roots, Best is most comfortable hanging out in farm towns and backwaters, places where he can listen to stories and try to get a feel for what Best calls the โ€œrest of Colorado.โ€ Pueblo, population 110,000 in southern Colorado, is a gritty town he likes a lot.

Pueblo has been forced to pivot away from a creaky, coal-fired power plant that created well-paying jobs. Now, the local steel mill relies on solar power instead, and the town also hosts a factory that makes wind turbine towers. Heโ€™s written stories about these radical changes as well as the possibility that Russian oligarchs are involved in the cityโ€™s steel mill.

In 2015, signs supporting coal were abundant in Craig, Colo. Photo/Allen Best

Best also vacuums up stories from towns like Craig in northwestern Colorado, home to soon-to-be-closed coal plants. He says he finds Farmington, New Mexico, fascinating because it has electric transmission lines idling from shuttered coal power plants.

His Big Pivots may only have 1,091 subscribers, but story tips and encouragement come from some of his readers who hold jobs with clout. His feature โ€œThere Will Be Fire: Colorado arrives at the dawn of megafiresโ€ brought comments from climate scientist Michael Mann and Amory Lovins, legendary co-founder of The Rocky Mountain Institute.

โ€œAfter a lifetime in journalism, his writing has become more lyrical as heโ€™s become more passionate,โ€ says Auden Schendler, vice president of sustainability for the Aspen Ski Company. โ€œYet heโ€™s also completely unknown despite the quality of his work.โ€

Among utility insiders, and outsiders like myself, however, Best is a must-read.

His biggest donor has been Sam R. Waltonโ€™s Catena Foundation โ€” a $29,000 grant. Typically, supporters of his nonprofit give Big Pivots $25 or $50.

Republican River in Colorado January 2023 near the Nebraska border. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Living in Denver allows him to be close to the stateโ€™s shot callers, but often, his most compelling stories come from the rural fringe. One such place is the little-known Republican River, whose headwaters emerge somewhere on Coloradoโ€™s Eastern Plains. Thatโ€™s also where Bestโ€™s grandfather was born in an earthen โ€œsoddie.โ€

Best grew up in eastern Colorado and knows the treeless area well. Heโ€™s written half a dozen stories about the wrung-out Republican River that delivers water to neighboring Kansas. He also sees the Eastern Plains as a great story about the energy transition. With huge transmission lines under construction by the utility giant Xcel Energy, the project will feed renewable power from wind and solar to the cities of Denver, Boulder and Fort Collins.

Best admits heโ€™s sometimes discouraged by his small readership โ€” it can feel like heโ€™s speaking to an empty auditorium, he says. He adds, though, that while โ€œI may be a tiny player in Colorado journalism, Iโ€™m still a player.โ€

Heโ€™s also modest. With every trip down Coloradoโ€™s back roads to dig up stories, Best says heโ€™s humbled by what he doesnโ€™t know. โ€œJust when I think I understand something, I get slapped up the side of the head.โ€

Dave Marston is the publisher of Writers on the Range,ย writersontherange.org, an independent nonprofit dedicated to spurring lively conversation about the West. He lives in Durango, Colorado.

Subscribe to Big Pivots here.

Just for grins here’s a gallery of Allen’s photos from the Coyote Gulch archives.

The next chapter in #Coloradoโ€™s decarbonization story: It may not read like Chinatown but this story about weaning our buildings off combustion of gases could get interesting — @BigPivots #ActOnClimate

Buried methane gas lines. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

Colorado is starting another chapter in what could be a future history book, โ€œHow We Decarbonized our Economy.โ€

In that book, electricity will be the easy part, at least the storyline through 80% to 90% reduction in emissions. That chapter is incomplete. We may not figure out 100% emissions-free electricity on a broad scale for a couple more decades.

This new chapter is about tamping down emissions associated with buildings. This plot line will be more complicated. Instead of dealing with a dozen or so coal plants, we have hundreds of thousands of buildings in Colorado, maybe more. Most burn natural gas and propane to heat space and water.

I would start this chapter on August 1. Appropriately, thatโ€™s Colorado Day. Itโ€™s also the day that Xcel Energy and Colorado Springs Utilities will deliver the nationโ€™s very first clean-heat plans to state regulators.

Those clean heat plans, required by a 2021 law, will tell state agencies how they intend to reduce emissions from the heat they sell to customers. The targets are 4% by 2025 and 22% by 2030.

Wishing I had a sex scandal to weave into this chapter or at least something lurid, maybe a conspiracy or two. Think Jack Nicholson and Faye Dunaway in โ€œChinatown.โ€

Arguments between utilities and environmental advocates remain polite. Both sides recognize the need for new technologies. The disagreements lie in how best to invest resources that will pay off over time.

The environmental groups see great promise in electrification, particularly the use of air-source heat pumps. Heat pumps milk the heat out of even very cold air (or, in summer, coolness from hot air).

Good enough for prime time? I know of people in Avon, Fraser, and Gunnison who say heat-pumps deliver even on the coldest winter days.

Xcel says that heat pumps have a roleโ€”but cautions that cold temperatures and higher elevations impair their performance by about 10% as compared to testing in coastal areas. They will need backup gas heat or electric resistance heating. After two winters of testing at the National Research Energy Laboratory in Golden, the testing of heat pumps will move to construction trailers set up in Leadville, Coloradoโ€™s Two-Mile City next winter.

Xcel also frets about adding too much demand, too quickly, to the electrical grid.

Another, perhaps sharper argument has to do with other fuels that would allow Xcel to use its existing gas pipelines. Xcel and other gas utilities have put out a request for renewable natural gas, such as could be harvested from dairies. Xcel also plans to create hydrogen from renewable resources, blending it with natural gas. It plans a demonstration project using existing infrastructure in Adams County, northeast of Denver.

Jeff Lyng, Xcel Energyโ€™s vice president for energy and sustainability policy, talks about the need for a โ€œspectrum of different approaches.โ€ It is far too early, Lyng told me, to take any possible technology off the table.

In a 53-page analysis, Western Resource Advocates sees a greater role for weatherization and other measures to reduce demand for gas. It sees renewable gas, in particular, but also hydrogen, as more costly and slowing the broad market transformation that is necessary.

โ€œI think thereโ€™s a real tension that came out between different visions of a low-carbon future when it comes to the gas system,โ€ Meera Fickling, an economist with WRA, told me.

We already have a huge ecosystem of energy, a huge investment in natural gas. Just think of all the natural gas lines buried under our streets. No wonder this transition will be difficult.

โ€œItโ€™s more difficult because everything you do in the gas sector now has a spillover effect in the electric sector,โ€ says Jeff Ackermann, the former chair of the Colorado Public Utilities Commission. โ€œEach of these sectors moves in less than smooth, elegant steps. We donโ€™t want people to fall off one and onto the other and get lost in the transition. There has to be sufficient energy of whatever type.โ€

Getting back to the book chapter. Colorado has nibbled around the edges of how to end emissions from buildings. With these proceedings, Colorado is moving headlong into this very difficult challenge. The foreplay is done. Itโ€™s action time.

Xcel talks about a decades-long transition and stresses the need to understand โ€œrealistic limitations in regard to both technologies and circumstances.โ€

Keep in mind, 25 years ago, it had little faith in wind and even less in solar.

Do you see a role for Jack Nicholson in hearings and so forth during the next year? I donโ€™t. Even so, it promises to be a most interesting story.

The shiny new cold-weather heat pump recently installed at Coyote Gulch Manor.

Jobs in #Brighton. But what about #Craig?: Transportation matters greatly for #solar and battery manufacturers. But what about #Coloradoโ€™s #coal towns, #Pueblo, #Craig and others? — @BigPivots #ActOnClimate

Vestas located a factory to produce wind turbines in Pueblo in 2010 and has added other renewable energy elements even as the coal-burning units have begun to retire. Photo credit: Allen Best

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

Every transition produces winners and losers. U.S. fiscal policy shifted in the 1880s and the economy of Aspen cratered for decades. Some silver-mining towns never recovered. In the 1980s, newspapers were plentiful. Ink now stains far fewer printers and editorial wretches. Amazon thrives but Sears and Kmart, no more.\

How will Coloradoโ€™s coal-based towns transition as we quell emissions from energy production? Legislation of recent years seeks to deliver what lawmakers call a just transition, meaning that Pueblo, Craig and other coal-based communities will stay on their feet.

The newest round of job-producing investments in emission-free technologies, though, call into question how difficult that will be. Two new factories are to be created in Brighton, on metropolitan Denverโ€™s northeastern fringe. The combined investment of $450 million will deliver more than 1,200 average- to better-paying jobs.

VSK Energy will manufacture solar photovoltaic panels and will employ more than 900 people. It is a direct result of incentives in the federal Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which seeks to restore U.S. manufacturing of renewable energy components.\

The second factory will produce a new generation of energy-rich lithium-ion batteries. The company, Amprius Technology, says that a new anode, which will use silicon mined in Montana, will double the range of a Tesla, allowing it more than enough capacity to roam Colorado from corner to corner and the ability to juice up to 80% capacity in six minutes. The company also says the new batteries will deliver value to drones and aircraft. Sounds like a game-changer.

For a longer, more in-depth piece from which this was drawn, seeย Two big new-energy factories

Both companies cited proximity to Interstate 76 as a significant consideration in siting their factories. They also have proximity to I-25, I-70 and I-80 plus Denver International Airport. If of not immediate importance, they also have access to transcontinental rail lines.

Availability of a large, skilled workforce was also cited. The battery company also cited the proximity of the Colorado School of Mines and other universities. It will employ a half-dozen Ph.Ds. in the research facility associated with the factory.

Something more intangible was also in play. It was described as a โ€œstrong cultural fitโ€ by Ashwini Agarwal, the leader of Vikram Solar, the parent company for the solar manufacturer. Supply chains matter, but Coloradoโ€™s initiative in accelerating the energy transition also matters.

Andrew Huie, the vice president of infrastructure for Amprius, said something similar. โ€œColorado and Gov. Polis are embracing clean energy, and batteries align with Coloradoโ€™s clean energy goals,โ€ he told me. โ€œThere may be synergies.โ€

This warehouse ion Brighton, once the distribution center for Sears and Kmart and most recently as a storage location for Costco appliances, is to become home to a lithium-ion battery factory. Rezoning to light industrial will first be necessary. Photo/Allen Best

Other companies are also carving out futures in this new energy economy along the Front Range. The Denver Business Journal recently cited three companies from Denver to Fort Collins that hope to stake a future with new batteries. And Lightning eMotors manufactures electric vehicles in Loveland.

Brighton already has Vestas, which arrived in 2010 to manufacture nacelles, containing the gearboxes and drive trains for wind turbines. Vestas also built a factory in Pueblo, near the Comanche Generating Station.

CS Wind, now the owner of the Pueblo factory, this year began an expansion that will add 850 jobs. It cited Inflation Reduction Act provisions that encourage wind production.

Jeffrey Shaw, president of the Pueblo Economic Development Corporation, said he expects announcement of other renewable-sector projects in the Pueblo area and probably throughout the state during the next 12 to 18 months. โ€œA lot of it has to do with the Inflation Reduction Act,โ€ he said, and in particular the lawโ€™s buy-American provision.

Already, Pueblo County has been rapidly adding both solar and storage. But so far, the new tax base for Pueblo wonโ€™t balance that from Comanche. Xcel Energy, Comancheโ€™s primary owner, has agreed to pay taxes until 2040.

Western Slope towns dependent on coal extraction and combustion are a harder sell. At Craig, there was hope on becoming a hydrogen hub, but Colorado has pinned its highest hope for federal funding on a project involving Rawhide, the coal but soon to become gas plant near Brush. Nuclear has its fans in Craig and beyond, and the Economist notes that the Biden administration is dangling billions in financial incentives nationally. That same magazine also concludes that unresolved problems cloud the future of this technology.

As for new factories, Craig is 90 miles from the nearest interstate, at the end of a railroad and five hours from DIA. It does have a workforce with skills, but so far, no new applications for those skills.

At Nucla and Naturita, which losy their small coal plant in 2019, the challenge is even greater.

Maybe Craig, Hayden, and the other towns will figure out new careers by working with the state and the utilities. But maybe not.

Public Lands Rule rhetoric gets wacky: Conservatives arenโ€™t so keen on conservation — @HighCountryNews

Rio Grande del Norte National Monument via the Bureau of Land Management

Click the link to read the article on the High Country News website (Jonathan Thompson):

A few months ago, the Bureau of Land Management quietly proposed a new rule designed to โ€œguide the balanced management of public lands,โ€ putting conservation on a par with other uses, such as grazing, oil and gas drilling and mining. Among other things, it would allow individuals or entities to lease public parcels for conservation purposes, including habitat restoration or invasive species eradication.

To many observers, myself included, the proposal seemed unremarkable, basically a clarification of the multiple-use framework mandated by the 1976 Federal Land Policy and Management Act. Nothing about it was particularly earth-shattering or new. Environmental groups mostly supported it, albeit tepidly, though some thought that the conservation lease idea might do more harm than good. Initially, the response from the extractive industries and their enablers in Washington, D.C., was similarly subdued โ€” with one or two exceptions.

But then, a few weeks after the new rule was unveiled, a backlash erupted for reasons I cannot fathom. It started out when Montana Republican Rep. Matt Rosedale, in a moment of rare candor, admitted that he didnโ€™t think conservation wasย โ€œsupposed to be on equal footingโ€ย with extractive uses. Soon, it became a raging rhetorical inferno, with the misinformation conflagration climaxing at a U.S. House Natural Resources Committee sh*%show โ€ฆ er,ย hearingย on June 15. The Republican-led committee โ€” whose motto is โ€œputting conservatives back into conservationโ€ โ€” wanted to discuss aย billย that would block a rule aimed at putting conservation back into public-land management.

Republican South Dakota Gov. Kristi Noem was one of the star witnesses, despite the fact that her state contains just .12% of the lands to which the rule would apply. The rule, she said, would be โ€œdevastatingโ€ for her state, because it would create โ€œa mechanism like a conservation lease that could be bought by third parties, not even necessarily by people in our own country, and give them access and authority over these lands. Itโ€™s dangerous.โ€

Noem did not explain what she meant by third parties โ€” or first or second parties for that matter โ€” nor why that theoretical third party would be any more dangerous than the first two. She is also apparently unaware of the fact that foreign-owned corporations are regularly given access to and authority over the nationโ€™s public lands โ€” including the ability to rip them apart for profit โ€” in the form of the mining claims and coal, oil and natural gas leases that she and other Republicans enthusiastically support.

While Noem may be dismissed as merely ill-informed, the same cannot be said of her co-witness, Wyoming Gov. Mark Gordon, also a Republican. Gordon opened his testimony by declaring that he was a conservationist, which was, at least at some point, perfectly true: He once served as treasurer for the Sierra Club and wrote that oil and gas drilling had turned the once โ€œpleasant little Western townโ€ in which he lived intoย โ€œthe place that stinks on the way to Casperโ€. (Fun fact: He also served on theย boardย ofย High Country Newsย in the early 2000s.)ย 

But times โ€” and Gordon โ€” have clearly changed: The governor then went on to deride conservation, claiming that the proposed rule would allow environmentalists to put conservation leases on active grazing allotments and force all the cattle off the land. This is blatantly false, and if Gordon had read the actual text of the rule, he surely would have known it. The draft rule may contain some ambiguity, but it is clear about one thing: It cannot โ€œdisturb existing authorizations (or) valid existing rights.โ€ Which is to say: The new rule cannot be used to boot cows, pumpjacks, mines, wind turbines or any other existing uses off public land. 

โ€œEverything this administration does is about climate,โ€ Gordon railed, veering away from the topic at hand, complaining that President Biden and company are โ€œholding back the fossil fuel industryโ€ and that โ€œwe canโ€™t get a lease out of this administration. We canโ€™t get a permit out of this administration.โ€

This is also untrue. In fact, on June 28 and 29, oil and gas companies had the opportunity to log intoย EnergyNetย and bid onย 116 oil and gas leasesย covering 127,000 acres of public land in Gordonโ€™s own state, adding to the more than 7.5 million acres of leases already in effect in Wyoming. Meanwhile, the BLM has handed more than 300ย drilling permitsย to operators in Wyoming this year alone, bringing the total of approved and available-to-drill permits in the state to nearly 2,000.

As the hearing dragged on, it became clear that the Republicans either do not understand the proposed rule or โ€” more likely โ€” do notย wantย to understand it, because understanding it would force them to acknowledge that itโ€™s not going to impede fossil fuel development or livestock operations or any other extractive development. And if they were to acknowledge that, theyโ€™d have no reason to be outraged and, therefore, no reason to exist. [ed. emphasis mine]

Republican Rep. Lauren Boebert, who represents the HCN HQโ€™s home district in western Colorado, grilled BLM Deputy Director Nada Wolff Culver about whether the rule would impact existing grazing, impede forest management or โ€œlock up more land.โ€

โ€œNo, it will not,โ€ Culver said, adding that the agency simply was โ€œimplementing the Federal Land Management and Policy Act.โ€ Boebert then demanded that Culver put that in writing. Thing is, it already is written in the 22-page proposed rule published in the Federal Register nearly three months ago. Had any of these folks bothered to read it, perhaps all this brouhaha wouldnโ€™t have been necessary.

It went on, and on, and on like this. Rep. Doug LaMalfa, R-Calif., used his time to spread climate-denial pseudoscience on carbon dioxide. Utahโ€™s Rep. John Curtis brought out the old โ€œabsentee landlordโ€ trope about Eastern bureaucrats making decisions that affect the West, willfully ignoring the fact that Interior Secretary Deb Haaland is a member of the Pueblo of Laguna and, asย she puts it, a 35th generation New Mexican. Immediately thereafter, Rep. Pete Stauber, R-Minn., slammed the proposed BLM rule for all the restrictions it allegedly would bring. His state, Minnesota, has exactly zero acres of BLM land.

Rep. Melanie Stansbury, of New Mexico (13.5 million acres of BLM land), was born in Farmington, where her dad worked in the oil fields and her mom at the San Juan power plant. The Democrat assured her colleagues the rule would not impede fossil fuel development or grazing. โ€œI support this rule (because) it will help us manage our lands in a more balanced way,โ€ she said. โ€œI find it very upsetting when I see the resources of this body of Congress โ€ฆ being used to put forward narratives and misinformation that โ€ฆ is intended to scare the American people. Much of what Iโ€™ve heard here today is just not true.โ€

The Interior Department has extended the public comment period on the rule until July 5. So youโ€™ve still got a few days toย weigh in.ย 

In related news:

There are conflicting views regarding how the proposed Public Lands Rule would affect renewable energy development.

The Los Angeles Timesโ€™ Sammy Roth reported that some wind and solar industry officials worry the rule could give environmentalists and local BLM officials more tools to block future utility-scale solar or wind development. They point specifically to a provision that would extend rangeland health standards to all public lands and to another that would make it easier for agency offices to establish areas of critical environmental concern, or ACECs.

But Wolff Culver told Roth that neither provision is likely to hamper renewable energy projects. ACECs are already widely used by the agency; the new rule would merely consolidate, clarify and codify the procedure for establishing them. As for the rangeland health standards? The agency has never done a decent job of enforcing these standards for livestock operators, so why would it suddenly start using them to block solar projects?

The Center for American Progress said the new rule would actuallyย encourageย clean energy development. The proposed conservation leases, Drew McConville wrote, provide a potential framework for developers to doย โ€œcompensatory mitigation,โ€ย or offset the impacts of a solar or wind facility by doing restoration work on another parcel of public land.

Meanwhile, the Biden administration is pulling out all the stops to facilitate clean energy development in other ways:

  • Haaland traveled to Rawlins, Wyoming, last week to help celebrate the groundbreaking of the TransWest Express transmission project. The high-voltage line will carry wind power from the massive Chokecherry and Sierra Madre wind projects outside Rawlins westward to the California grid. Permitting for the project took 15 years.
  • The BLM proposed yet another rule, this one aiming to promote utility-scale solar and wind development on public land by reducing rents and fees significantly and streamlining right-of-way permitting.
  • In May, the Biden administration announced that it would expedite the review of the proposed revival and expansion of the Hermosa manganese and zinc mine in southern Arizona. The Australian owner of the mine said it is needed to meet growing demand for electric vehicle battery materials.
  • But one place will remain off-limits to โ€œgreen metalโ€ mining: An ancient dry lakebed in Nevada. The Associated Press reported that mining companies had targeted the site for its abundant lithium, which is used in batteries for EVs, energy storage and other applications. But it turns out the site is even more valuable to NASA, and for a very different purpose: satellite calibration. And so the BLM withdrew the 36-square-mile site from mineral exploration. The agency has not extended the same courtesy to the tribal nations seeking to block the Thacker Pass lithium mine from destroying a sacred site.

TransWest Express poised to expand reach of Wyo renewables: The 732-mile high-voltage line will connect #Wyoming wind to the Southwest and potentially boost other low-carbon power ambitions along the way — @WyoFile #ActOnClimate

A tower, pictured June 23, 2022 supports high-voltage transmission lines as part of PacifiCorp’s new Gateway West transmission project in Carbon County. Construction will soon begin on the TransWest Express transmission project nearby to carry Wyoming wind energy to the Southwest. (Dustin Bleizeffer/WyoFile)

Click the link to read the article on the WyoFile website (Dustin Bleizeffer):

After 15 years of planning and permitting, construction will begin this year on the TransWest Express high-voltage transmission line โ€” a milestone expansion of Wyomingโ€™s electric power export industry to markets in the American Southwest and one of the largest transmission upgrades to the western grid in decades.

The Bureau of Land Management granted TransWest Express LLC a โ€œnotice to proceedโ€ in April, culminating years of work and millions of dollars invested in a โ€œvisionโ€ to bring Wyomingโ€™s renewable energy potential to the rest of the West, according to company officials.

โ€œItโ€™s a day thatโ€™s been long coming,โ€ TransWest Express Executive Vice President and COO Roxane Perruso said. A groundbreaking event will take place Tuesday, she said, with a special appreciation for the Carbon County communityโ€™s integral support. That support represented a leap-of-faith for a region with its cultural and economic roots in coal.

Power project

While TransWest Express LLC was mired in planning and a painstaking bureaucratic permitting process that included obtaining rights-of-way from hundreds of entities across the 732-mile route, its affiliate Power Company of Wyoming was already doing preliminary construction work on the wind farm that will energize the line. The Anschutz Corporation owns both companies.ย 

Theย Chokecherry and Sierra Madre wind energy projectย will span some 320,000 acres in Carbon County and generate 3,000 megawatts of electricity โ€” representing about 28% of Wyomingโ€™s current electrical generation capacity today, according to U.S. Energy Information data. It will be the largest onshore wind energy facility in North America, according to Power Company of Wyoming.

This map depicts the route of the TransWest Express transmission line connecting Wyoming wind energy to the Southwest. (TransWest Express)

Phased construction of the 732-mile TransWest Express high voltage transmission system will begin later this year, according to company officials. The first phase includes a new substation in Carbon County. From there, crews will erect towers and string high-voltage lines to a station in Delta, Utah. That portion of the project will initially begin moving up to 1,500 megawatts of wind-generated electricity via direct current by December 2027. 

The second phase includes an alternate current line to connect with other powerline systems in southern Nevada. By the end of 2028, the final phases of the system will ramp up to 3,000 megawatts and four system interconnections in the Southwest, according to TransWest Express officials.

โ€œThese components will provide important new bulk transmission capacity and connectivity with the PacifiCorp system in Wyoming, with the Los Angeles Department of Water & Power and Intermountain Power systems in Utah, with the NV Energy system in Nevada and with the California Independent System Operator,โ€ Perruso said. 

New dynamic

Aside from transporting power from Wyomingโ€™s Chokecherry and Sierra Madre wind facility, TransWest may also serve as an onramp for other energy projects, such as the hydrogen energy proposal at theย Intermountain Power Projectย in Utah, and potentially new nuclear power facilities, according to TransWest officials.

โ€œAs Wyoming looks at more carbon-free [energy] resources, we are going to be that pathway that allows those resources to get to the market,โ€ Perruso said. โ€œWeโ€™re opening up the new market for renewables and also creating a pathway for future carbon-free resources.โ€

Crews work on road and wind turbine pad construction June 23, 2022 at the future site of the Chokecherry and Sierra Madre wind energy project in Carbon County. (Dustin Bleizeffer/WyoFile)

Some clean energy and climate advocates hail the TransWest Express project as a vital step forward in โ€œdecarbonizingโ€ the western grid. Once completed, the transmission line will serve as a โ€œbackbone,โ€ increasing connectivity between large demand centers โ€” southern Nevada, Utah and southern California โ€” and rural areas that can generate commercial-scale renewable energy, such as Wyomingโ€™s abundant capacity for wind power generation.

โ€œThis is an example of infrastructure that is needed and should be built,โ€ Western Resource Advocates Deputy Director of Regional Markets Vijay Satyal said. โ€œIt is definitely very important for the West.โ€

Together, the TransWest line and CCSM wind facility represent a new dynamic โ€” as well as a gamble that too few entities have been willing or able to take on, according to Satyal and other utility market watchers. Itโ€™s a rare move that requires a lot of patience with the permitting process, according to one TransWest Express official, as well as deep pockets, according to others.

Going independent

Most consumers donโ€™t get to choose their electricity provider, whether theyโ€™re powering a home in Casper or a chain restaurant in Evanston, but the TransWest project diverges from that paradigm. For example, PacifiCorp, which also operates as Rocky Mountain Power, is one of several electric utility monopolies in Wyoming. It serves captive customers in certain areas because, generally speaking, it owns the power infrastructure exclusively.

As a monopoly, PacifiCorp is regulated by the Wyoming Public Service Commission, as well as service commissions in the five other states it operates. It is required to justify and win approval for its electricity rates. In return, it has a guaranteed, captive ratepayer base to finance system operations and necessary upgrades.

Just southeast of the Jim Bridger Plant in August 2019, PacifiCorp workers erect towers that will carry new transmission lines, predominantly for wind energy, to tie into the regional electrical grid where it leaves the plant. (Andrew Graham/WyoFile)

There are variations, such as rural electric co-ops that work under different sets of rules and authorities. But the same geographically limited market for grid infrastructure plays out all over Wyoming, the West and the nation. Although utilities like PacifiCorp are shifting from burning coal to cleaner forms of electric generation within their own service territories, Satyal said, it isnโ€™t enough to achieve the level of connectivity between hundreds of individual service systems to allow for new sources of renewable and low-carbon energy.

The strategy behind Power Company of Wyoming and TransWest Express is to operate as independent merchants, selling and delivering renewable and low-carbon energy to any utility it can reach via the three major operating regions that TransWest will connect to on the western grid.

โ€œWeโ€™re broadening the [Wyoming and western] market to include these new interconnections and new customers,โ€ Perruso said. โ€œWeโ€™re not constrained by a service territory.

โ€œThat also means itโ€™s risky,โ€ Perruso continued. โ€œThis is why you donโ€™t see [a lot of] developers doing this, because itโ€™s a risky and an entrepreneurial proposition.โ€

Big gamble, deep pockets 

Unlike a regulated utility, neither TransWest Express LLC nor Power Company of Wyoming have a captive ratepayer base to leverage upfront financing or a guaranteed paying customer base for ongoing operations. Thatโ€™s where both the gamble and the deep pockets come in.

Both companies are affiliates of the Denver-based Anschutz Corporation. The worldwide oil, investment, sports, real estate, entertainment and publishing company headed by Philip Anschutz is worth some $10.8 billion, according to Forbes.

โ€œThanks to the deep pockets or the financial muscle the owners had, they survived a long [permitting] process to comply with all the environmental requirements,โ€ Satyal said. โ€œThis is a good example of a company seeing the value proposition and the economic benefits of exporting Wyoming-rich wind and moving into the decarbonization of the future.โ€

A truck hauls a wind turbine blade through Medicine Bow in July 2020. (Dustin Bleizeffer/WyoFile)

TransWest Express doesnโ€™t yet have customers contracted to take the power it plans to deliver from Wyoming. But, Satyal said, the rush to renewables to meet self-imposed carbon emission standards โ€” particularly in the Southwest โ€” is a good bet with a potentially lucrative payoff.

โ€œGod forbid California has a reliability crisis. This line will be a very important lifeline in providing energy โ€” and at high [profit],โ€ he said. โ€œThatโ€™s competition at work, which I think is what Wyoming wants to support โ€” a competitive market.โ€

Wyoming Energy Authority Executive Director Rob Creager agrees.

โ€œOur state is in the business of producing and selling world-class energy,โ€ Creager said. โ€œSo projects like TransWest Express opening up entirely new consumer markets for our energy products have tremendous potential for Wyoming.โ€

Dustin Bleizeffer is a Report for America Corps member covering energy and climate at WyoFile. He has worked as a coal miner, an oilfield mechanic, and for 25 years as a statewide reporter and editor primarily…ย More by Dustin Bleizeffer

The debt-limit deal could help clean energy. But probably not much — The Los Angeles Times #ActOnClimate

Mauna Loa is WMO Global Atmosphere Watch benchmark station and monitors rising CO2 levels Week of 23 April 2023: 424.40 parts per million Weekly value one year ago: 420.19 ppm Weekly value 10 years ago: 399.32 ppm ๐Ÿ“ท http://CO2.Earthhttps://co2.earth/daily-co2. Credit: World Meteorological Organization

Click the link to read the article on The Los Angeles Times website (Sammy Roth). Here’s an excerpt:

As part of a deal struck by President Biden and House Speaker Kevin McCarthy to suspend the nationโ€™s debt ceiling โ€” and avoid an economically devastating default โ€” federal officials wouldย issue permits for the Mountain Valley Pipeline, which is designed to carry planet-warming natural gas from West Virginia. The pipeline would worsen the climate crisis. But itโ€™s a top priority for West Virginia Sen. Joe Manchin III, a conservative Democrat without whom the party would lose control of the Senate…

The bill would set a two-year deadline for federal agencies reviewing energy projects to issue environmental reports, and set a page limit on those reports (150 pages, or 300 for โ€œextraordinarily complexโ€ projects). It would allow energy companies to hire a third-party consultant to write those reports, rather than having a slow-moving federal agency take responsibility. Other changes would make battery-storage facilities eligible for quicker approval under the Obama-eraย FAST Act, and help federal agencies avoid duplicative environmental analyses of energy technologies that other agencies have already studied…

But itโ€™s a double-edged sword. Most of those provisions could also be used to speed up permitting for fossil fuel infrastructure, such as pipelines, power plants and export terminals. Other provisions could limit the number of coal, oil and gas projects subject to federal scrutiny under the National Environmental Policy Act, conservationists say โ€” and in the process harm the Black, Latino and low-income communities that have long suffered the injustice of fossil-fueled air and water pollution.

The National Environmental Policy Act โ€œis one of the most powerful tools that environmental justice communities have on the books,โ€ said Jean Su, a Washington, D.C.-based attorney with the nonprofit Center for Biological Diversity. โ€œIf we keep making these exemptions … then weโ€™re undercutting the whole point of the [law], which is to give voice to these environmental justice communities and the public to weigh in on how projects will affect them.โ€

[…]

Scientists say the United States must dramatically pick up the pace of building solar farms, wind turbines, batteries and electric power lines to have any hope of avoiding the worst consequences of global warming.ย Those consequences include deadlier heat waves, harsher droughts, more powerful storms, larger wildfires and more destructive coastal flooding. But across the country, local opposition has made it increasingly difficult to build clean energy. Conservationists, rural residents and Native American tribes are pushing back against projects they say would destroy wildlife habitat, spoil beautiful views and desecrate sacred sites. A reportย released Wednesdayย by Columbia Law School found that local governments across 35 states have implemented 228 ordinances blocking or restricting renewable energy facilities.

After a four-year campaign, New York says yes to publicly owned renewables: The state has set ambitious climate targets. Now it’ll build the clean energy it needs to meet them — Grist #ActOnClimate #KeepItInTheGround

Wind turbines and electrical substation of Alpha Ventus Offshore Wind Farm in the North Sea. By SteKrueBe – Own work, CC BY-SA 3.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=17009450

Click the link to read the article on the Grist website (Akielly Hu):

On Tuesday [May 2, 2023], New York lawmakers passed a law that, for the first time, authorizes the New York Power Authority โ€” the largest state public power authority in the U.S. โ€” to build renewable energy projects to help reach the stateโ€™s climate goals.ย 

The new Build Public Renewables Act, passed as part of New Yorkโ€™s annual budget, is a culmination of four years of organizing by climate and community organizations, and has been heralded as a major win by energy democracy, environmental justice, and labor groups. 

โ€œThis will enable us to build renewable energy projects with gold-standard labor language, ensuring that the transition to renewable energy benefits working people and their families,โ€ Patrick Robbins, an organizer with the grassroots Public Power NY Coalition, told Grist. 

The new law directs the New York Power Authority to plan, construct, and operate renewable energy projects in service of the stateโ€™s renewable energy goals. Under New Yorkโ€™s 2019 Climate Leadership and Community Protection Act, the state aims to generateย 70 percentย of its electricity from renewables and cut overall greenhouse gas emissions byย 40 percentย by 2030.

The Build Public Renewables Act includes several provisions to prioritize clean energy access for low- and middle-income customers, organized labor, and a just transition for workers displaced from fossil fuel projects. It requires the New York Power Authority to establish a program allowing low- and moderate-income electricity customers in disadvantaged communities to receive credits on their monthly utility bills for any renewable energy produced by the power authority. 

The new law also stipulates that workers or contractors hired for these new renewable energy projects must be protected by a collective bargaining agreement. And it instructs the public power authority to enter into a memorandum of understanding with labor unions to uphold and protect pay rates, training, and safety standards for workers supporting the operation and maintenance of such projects. Candidates who have lost employment in the oil and gas sector will be prioritized for those positions. Beginning in 2024, the authority will also be authorized to allocate up to $25 million each year toward worker-training programs for the renewable energy sector.

Activists applaud a provision to phase out so-called peaker power plants owned by the New York Power Authority by 2030 and replace them with renewable energy systems. These small natural gas power plants quickly start and stop during times of peak energy demand, typically in the summer, when air-conditioning use ramps up. They are also a major source of pollution and sickness for nearby communities. 

In a 2021 report, a coalition of state environmental justice groups found thatย 78 percentย of residents living within one mile of the plants are either low income or people of color. The report also found that peaker plants contribute up to 94 percent of New Yorkโ€™s nitrogen oxide pollution, a key component of smog, on high-ozone days.

The law had been introduced โ€” and failed to pass โ€” the last two consecutive years before finally passing this year. New York state Assembly Member Sarahana Shrestha, elected this past November, was a key force in pushing the legislation through the state assembly. Before serving in the assembly, she was an organizer with the Public Power NY Coalition and the New York chapter of the Democratic Socialists of America, helping to rally around the Build Public Renewables Act. She ran on a climate campaign aligned with the public power movement, which aims to shift energy utilities from the traditional investor-owned, private model to public ownership and democratic governance. 

To Shrestha, the new law addresses โ€œfundamental questions like who should own energy, who should serve energy, at what cost, and what kind of energy should we be making, and who should be deciding those things.โ€

The bill prevailed despite opposition from groups including the Independent Power Producers of New York, a trade association of energy companies working in renewables and fossil fuels, and the Alliance for Clean Energy New York, a coalition of renewable energy businesses. 

In a joint letter to New York Governor Kathy Hochul, the two organizations and four other groups stated that having the public power authority build renewables โ€œdoes not create a level playing field with the private sector.โ€ They also raised concerns that the law does not address ongoing barriers to clean energy development in New York, such as delays in connecting to transmission systems and permitting. 

Proponents of the law argue that industry resistance was outweighed by broad support from community-based organizations, environmental justice groups, and unions representing more than 1 million workers in New York.

Another factor in the lawโ€™s successful passage was last yearโ€™s Inflation Reduction Act, President Joe Bidenโ€™s landmark climate spending legislation. The federal law provides newly expanded tax credits for renewables and makes them available to tax-exempt public power entities like the New York Power Authority. 

Shrestha and other advocates hope that the new Build Public Renewables Act will inspire similar legislation in other states โ€” and theyโ€™re already seeing local Democratic Socialists of America chapters and other advocacy groups reach out. 

โ€œThe reason I am excited about this win is not because our work is done, but now it means we can start our work,โ€ Shrestha said. 

How can Holy Cross possibly leap this high? — @BigPivots #ActOnClimate #KeepItInTheGround

Mountain of the Holy Cross Creator: Jackson, William Henry, 1843-1942. View of Mount of the Holy Cross in the Sawatch Range, Eagle County, Colorado. Shows snow on a mountain peak, rocky ridges and talus. Date: 1892? Credit: Denver Public Library Digital Collections

Click the link to read the article on the Big Pivots website (Allen Best):

Glenwood Springs-based cooperative says it can leap from 50% emission-free energy to 92% by next yearโ€”despite owning a coal plant. Exactly how do this work? Is it a model for others?

Letโ€™s start with the obvious. The sun doesnโ€™t always shine and, except for springtime in Colorado, the wind doesnโ€™t always blow.

So how can Holy Cross Energy, which serves the Vail, Aspen, and Rifle areas, achieve 92% emission-free energy in 2024? Last year it was 50%.

And if Holy Cross can do it, what is possible for utilities serving Crested Butte and Steamboat Springs, Holyoke and Crestone, Sterling and Pueblo?

By the way, Holy Cross still owns 8% of Coloradoโ€™s newest coal plant, Comanche 3.

Directors of Holy Cross several years ago adopted what seemed like the audacious goal of achieving 100% emissions-free power by 2030. Municipal utilities serving Aspen and Glenwood springs already have 100% renewables, but do not own their own generation.

I expected small steps. Wind and solar have become far less expensive than coal or gas. But what windless, sunless days?

Resource adequacy has become a major question in this energy transition. Coal plants, if sometimes down, are far more reliable than wind and sunshine. Now weโ€™re hurriedly closing those high-priced and polluting plants. Natural gas can respond quickly to demand. However, those plants are costly and pollute, too.

Do we need more natural gas plants?

Coloradoโ€™s two largest electrical providers, Xcel Energy and Tri-State Generation and Transmission, both say they can reduce carbon emissions 80% carbon by 2030 as compared to 2005 levels. But both have refrained from embracing higher, short-term goals.

Tri-State, which delivers power to 17 of the stateโ€™s 22 electrical cooperatives, warns of ambitions outpacing realities. Duane Highley, the chief executive, likens resource adequacy to a โ€œbig bad wolf.โ€ The Western Energy Coordinating Council in December warned that Western states risked having insufficient resources by 2025 to meet electric demand on the grid they share.

Storage will be crucial. Lithium-ion batteries, if increasingly more affordable, can store electricity for just a few hours. We need technologies that can store energy for days if not weeks. Xcel Energy will be testing one such long-term technology, called iron-air, at Pueblo. Colorado wants to be part of the elusive answer to hydrogen, perhaps using existing electricity infrastructure at Brush or Craig. And transmission and other new infrastructure, such that could allow Colorado to exploit the winds of Kansas or the sunshine of Arizona, can helpโ€”but remains unbuilt.

Holy Cross actually has the second lowest electrical rates among Coloradoโ€™s 22 electrical cooperatives. And its rates are 5% less than those of Xcel. This is not Gucci electricity, a Tesla Model X Plaid. The Aspen Skiing Co. and Vail Resorts make snow with some of Coloradoโ€™s lowest electricity rates.

Holy Cross Energy owned 8% of Comanche 3 when the coal-burning unit at Pueblo began operations in 2010, when this photo was taken, and it still does. It has assigned output of the power to Guzman Energy. Photo/Allen Best

Bryan Hannegan, the chief executive and head wizard at Holy Cross, laid out his utilityโ€™s broad strategy in recent presentations to both state legislators and the Avon Town Council. Holy Cross, he explained, will add new wind from eastern Colorado and several new solar-plus-storage projects within its service territory.

The cooperative also intends to integrate new storage in homes and businesses. It incentivizes home batteries that can be tapped as needed to meet demand from neighborhoods. Holy Cross also wants to integrate vehicle batteries, such as from electric school buses, in its efforts to match demands with supplies. Time-of-use rates will be crucial. This market mechanism aims to shift demands to when renewable electricity is most readily available โ€” and cheapest.

Importantly, Holy Cross expects to achieve this high mark without need of new natural gas capacity. Many environmentalists loathe the idea of new and rarely used โ€“ but always expensive โ€“ natural gas plants. Most utilities see even more gas  generation as necessary.

Speaking to the Avon council, Hannegan expressed confidence Holy Cross can meet growing demand from electric vehicles, heat pumps, and other uses. He called it โ€œsmart electrification.โ€

Holy Crossโ€™s journey from 92% to 100%, though, will โ€œbe a bit of a doozie,โ€ he said. He likened it to the climb from Camp 4 on Everest to the peak.

โ€œWe have to think about how we balance (supply and demand) at every location on our grid at every moment of every day,โ€ he said. That โ€œfine-grained balancingโ€ will be โ€œquite an engineering challenge. There is reason we have given ourselves six yearsโ€ to figure this out.

What about that coal plant that Holy Cross still owns? Does that muck up the math? Can Holy Cross truly claim 92% ? And what prevents other utilities from following in its footsteps? These are questions I will ask Holy Cross and others in coming weeks.

PacifiCorp plans to accelerate shift from coal to renewable energy — @WyoFile #KeepItInTheGround

A substation collects power from the Jim Bridger plant to connect to the electrical grid Jan. 19, 2022. (Dustin Bleizeffer/WyoFile)

Click the link to read the article on the WyoFile website (Dustin Bleizeffer):

Wyomingโ€™s largest utility will either retire or convert #coal-fired units to natural (#methane) gas, sparing only two coal-burning units in the state beyond 2030

Wyoming coal will play a shrinking role in PacifiCorpโ€™s energy supply portfolio as the utility adds more wind and solar power and either retires or converts its coal-fired power units in the state to natural gas.

Only two of the utilityโ€™s 11 coal-fired power units currently operating in the state will continue burning coal beyond 2030 โ€” Wyodak near Gillette and Unit 4 at the Dave Johnston plant in Glenrock โ€” according to the utilityโ€™s biennial Integrated Resource Plan filed on Friday. Several coal units will be spared from earlier decommissioning plans and instead be converted to natural gas โ€” Jim Bridger units 3 and 4 in 2030 and Naughton units 1 and 2 in 2026. 

Dave Johnston Unit 3 will be retired in 2027, and units 1 and 2 will be retired in 2028 rather than 2027.

All told, PacifiCorp will cut its coal-fired power generation capacity across its six-state operating region by 1,153 megawatts by 2026 and 3,000 megawatts by 2032, and replace it with wind and solar energy, battery storage, nuclear power, wholesale power purchases and energy efficiencies, according to the company, which operates as Rocky Mountain Power in Wyoming.

PacifiCorp plans a major shift from coal to solar, wind, nuclear and battery storage. (PacifiCorp)

โ€œOur Integrated Resource Plan is designed to determine the lowest-cost options for customers, adjusting for risks, future customer needs, system reliability, market projections and changing technology,โ€ said Rick Link, who serves as PacifiCorp senior vice president of resource planning, procurement and optimization.

No carbon capture for coal

One option that doesnโ€™t fit those parameters is retrofitting decades-old coal-fired power units with carbon capture, use and sequestration technologies. PacifiCorp also filed a mandatory report to the Wyoming Public Service Commission Friday to update officials on its call for bidders to possibly install CCUS facilities at its coal units in the state โ€” an action mandated by Wyoming law.

โ€œThrough 2042, the [analysis] for all CCUS variants result in higher costs than the preferred portfolio,โ€ PacifiCorp said in its 48-page report. The summary suggests it will cost Wyoming ratepayers โ€œ$514 million [to retrofit] Dave Johnston Unit 2, $857 million for Dave Johnston Unit 4, and $1.3 billion for Jim Bridger units 3 and 4.โ€

Of the 54 companies that PacifiCorp sought bids from, only 21 qualified and only three participated in mandatory site visits, PacifiCorp said. The bidding and analysis also confirmed that adding CCUS to an existing coal-fired power unit drastically reduces a facilityโ€™s generation capacity, which would require replacing that lost capacity.

PacifiCorp is still working with vendors to explore the potential for taking on CCUS retrofits, however.

Three of four coal-burning units at PacifiCorpโ€™s Dave Johnston coal-fired power plant near Glenrock will be decommissioned by 2028, according to the utilityโ€™s 2023 Integrated Resource Plan. (Dustin Bleizeffer/WyoFile)

โ€œThe company has determined that Dave Johnston Unit 4 and Jim Bridger units 3 and 4 remain potentially suitable candidates for CCUS and are being further analyzed under the companyโ€™s RFP process approved by the [Wyoming Public Service Commission] in the initial application,โ€ PacifiCorp said in its report.

CCUS retrofits remain a significant cost and power-delivery-reliability risk for Wyoming ratepayers, Powder River Basin Resource Council Chairman David Romtvedt said.

โ€œRatepayers should not be asked to cover the costs of uneconomical energy projects,โ€ Romtvedt said in a prepared statement. โ€œInstead, we support the addition of cost effective and environmentally responsible renewable energy sources to the companyโ€™s overall energy profile.โ€     

Renewable shift and potential nuclear

PacifiCorpโ€™s updated Integrated Resource Plan, which looks ahead 20 years, includes quadrupling its wind and solar resources to 20,000 megawatts by 2032, backed with an additional 7,400 megawatts of energy storage.

The utility still envisions taking ownership of TerraPowerโ€™sย Natrium nuclear energy facilityย at Kemmerer โ€” which is expected to begin operating in 2030 โ€” and possibly taking on two more small modular reactors co-located at coal plants in Utah.

Utility giant PacifiCorp hopes to achieve net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. (PacifiCorp)

The expansion of renewable and low-carbon electric generation facilities is accompanied by approximately 2,500 miles of new transmission lines, many of which will connect Wyoming renewable sources to PacifiCorp service territories in the West. All told, the power shift and transmission buildout should result โ€œin a system-wide 70% reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from 2005 levels by 2030, an 87% reduction by 2035 and a 100% reduction by 2050,โ€ PacifiCorp reported.

Paramount to those greenhouse gas emission savings is curbing the utilityโ€™s reliance on coal.

โ€œDriven in part by ongoing cost pressures on existing coal-fired facilities and dropping costs for new resource alternatives, of the 22 coal units currently serving PacifiCorp customers, the preferred portfolio includes retirement or gas conversion of 13 units by 2030 and 20 units by year-end 2032,โ€ PacifiCorp said.

Though it remains to be seen how PacifiCorpโ€™s shift away from coal and toward a lower-carbon energy portfolio will affect jobs and revenue in the state, the companyโ€™s plan acknowledges a larger energy industry shift and opportunities for the state, according to Romtvedt.ย 

โ€œGreater use of renewable energy will help us to ease the dislocation caused by the transition away from extractive resources while developing a more sustainable energy future that can support stable economies in our communities,โ€ he said.

Q&A: #IPCC wraps up its most in-depth assessment of #ClimateChange — @CarbonBrief #ActOnClimate #KeepItInTheGround

Delegates at the IPCC meeting in Interlaken, Switzerland, on 18 March 2023. Credit: IISD

Click the link to read the article on the Carbon Brief website (Aruna Chandra, Daisy Dunne, Orla Dwyer, Simon Evans, Robert McSweeney, Ayesha Tandon, and Giuliana Viglione)

The final part of the worldโ€™s most comprehensive assessment of climate change โ€“ which details the โ€œunequivocalโ€ role of humans, its impacts on โ€œevery regionโ€ of the world and what must be done to solve it โ€“ has now been published in full by the UNโ€™s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC).

The synthesis report is the last in the IPCCโ€™s sixth assessment cycle, which has involved 700 scientists in 91 countries. Overall, the full cycle of reports has taken eight years to complete.

The report sets out in the clearest and most evidenced detail yet how humans are responsible for the 1.1C of temperature rise seen since the start of the industrial era.

It also shows how the impacts of this level of warming are already deadly and disproportionately heaped upon the worldโ€™s most vulnerable people.

The report notes that policies in place by the end of 2021 โ€“ the cut-off date for evidence cited in the assessment โ€“ would likely see temperatures exceed 1.5C this century and reach around 3.2C by 2100.

In many parts of the world, humans and ecosystems will be unable to adapt to this amount of warming, it says. And the losses and damages will โ€œescalate with every incrementโ€ of global temperature rise.

But it also lays out how governments can still take action to avoid the worst of climate change, with the rest of this decade being crucial for deciding impacts for the rest of the century. The report says:

โ€œThere is a rapidly closing window of opportunity to secure a liveable and sustainable future for allโ€ฆThe choices and actions implemented in this decade will have impacts now and for thousands of years.โ€

The report shows that many options for tackling climate change โ€“ from wind and solar power to tackling food waste and greening cities โ€“ are already cost effective, enjoy public support and would come with co-benefits for human health and nature.

At a press briefing, leading climate scientist and IPCC author Prof Friederike Otto said the report highlights โ€œnot only the urgency of the problem and the gravity of it, but also lots of reasons for hope โ€“ because we still have the time to act and we have everything we needโ€.

Carbon Briefโ€™s team of journalists has delved through each page of the IPCCโ€™s AR6 full synthesis report to produce a digestible summary of the key findings and graphics. 

1. What is this report? 

The synthesis report is the final part of the IPCCโ€™s sixth assessment cycle. It โ€œintegratesโ€ the main findings of the three working group reports, which have been published over the last 18 months or so:

The synthesis also takes into account the three shorter โ€œspecial reportsโ€ that the IPCC has published during the sixth assessment cycle:

As the โ€œmandateโ€ was to produce a synthesis of existing material, โ€œthere is nothing that is in there that is not in the underlying reportsโ€, author Prof Fredi Otto โ€“ a senior lecturer at the Grantham Institute for Climate Change and the Environment at Imperial College London โ€“ told a press briefing. This means that the report does not include any research or emissions pledges issued after the cut-off date for the WG3 assessment โ€“ which was 11 October 2021, several weeks before the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow.

The synthesis report is much shorter than the full assessment reports. The combined length of the โ€œsummary for policymakersโ€ (SPM) โ€“ a short, non-technical synopsis โ€“ and the underlying report clocks in at 122 pages. This is longer than the 42.5 pages that were planned (pdf), but a fraction of the assessment reports that can top 3,000 pages. As with the assessment reports, the synthesis report has been through several rounds of review by experts and governments.

The reportโ€™s SPM was signed off via a line-by-line approval session involving authors and government delegates last week in Switzerland.

However, unlike the assessment reports, the session also approved the underlying full report โ€œsection by sectionโ€. It was also the IPCCโ€™s first approval session since the Covid-19 pandemic that was held in person.

The approval process was scheduled to be completed on Friday 17 March, but overran โ€“ despite multiple โ€œnight sessionsโ€ and โ€œround-the-clock deliberationsโ€. The SPM was finally approved on the morning of Sunday 19 March in a โ€œsparsely attended roomโ€, as many developing country delegates had already left the venue, Third World Network reported. โ€œPeople who have to contribute have left the meeting,โ€ said Indiaโ€™s representatives in the early hours before the closing plenary.  

 Once the SPM was approved, there was then a โ€œhuge moment of panicโ€ around whether โ€œit would at all be possible to do the approval of the long reportโ€, Otto said:

โ€œWe all almost died of adrenaline poisoning during [Sunday], but then it was approved quite straightforwardly.โ€

(The Earth Negotiations Bulletin has published a summary of the discussions during the approval session. This is referenced frequently in this article.)

The synthesis report shares the IPCCโ€™s โ€œcalibrated languageโ€ that the assessment reports use to communicate levels of certainty behind the statements it includes. 

The findings are given โ€œas statements of fact or associated with an assessed level of confidenceโ€, based on scientific understanding. The language indicates the โ€œunderlying evidence and agreementโ€, the report explains:

โ€œA level of confidence is expressed using five qualifiers: very low, low, medium, high and very high, and typeset in italics, for example, medium confidence. 

โ€œThe following terms have been used to indicate the assessed likelihood of an outcome or result: virtually certain 99-100% probability; very likely 90-100%; likely 66-100%; more likely than not >50-100%; about as likely as not 33-66%; unlikely 0-33%; very unlikely 0โ€”10%; and exceptionally unlikely 0-1%. Additional terms (extremely likely 95-100%; more likely than not >50-100%; and extremely unlikely 0-5%) are also used when appropriate.โ€

The synthesis includes projections based on the latest generation of global climate models, produced as part of the sixth Coupled Model Intercomparison Project (CMIP6) for the AR6 cycle. However, it also brings together different approaches for how future pathways were considered in the assessment reports.

The WG1 report โ€œassessed the climate response to five illustrative scenarios based on Shared Socioeconomic Pathways (SSPs) that cover the range of possible future development of anthropogenic drivers of climate change found in the literatureโ€, the synthesis explains:

โ€œThe high and very high GHG emissions scenarios (SSP3-7.0 and SSP5-8.5) have CO2 emissions that roughly double from current levels by 2100 and 2050, respectively. The intermediate GHG emissions scenario (SSP2-4.5) has CO2 emissions remaining around current levels until the middle of the century. The very low and low GHG emissions scenarios (SSP1-1.9 and SSP1-2.6) have CO2 emissions declining to net-zero around 2050 and 2070, respectively, followed by varying levels of net-negative CO2 emissions.โ€

In contrast, the WG3 report assessed โ€œa large number of global modelled emissions pathwaysโ€ฆof which 1,202 pathways were categorised based on their projected global warming over the 21st century, with categories ranging from pathways that limit warming to 1.5C with more than 50% likelihood with no or limited overshoot (C1) to pathways that exceed 4C (C8)โ€.

The table below, taken from the synthesis report, shows how these pathways relate to the SSPs and their predecessors, the Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs).

Description and relationship of scenarios and modelled pathways considered across AR6 working group reports. Source: IPCC (2023) Box SPM.1, Table 1

The synthesis report is the final product of the IPCCโ€™s sixth assessment cycle. Its delay from the planned publication in September last year for โ€œmanagement reasonsโ€ โ€“ and the lack of transparency surrounding these issues โ€“ resulted in โ€œunusually blunt statements of discontent from governmentsโ€ about the IPCCโ€™s impact and credibility, the Earth Negotiations Bulletin reported at the time. 

Nonetheless, governments agreed at a September meeting that the IPCCโ€™s seventh assessment cycle (AR7) will begin in July this year and will have a length of between five and seven years. The end of AR6 and the start of AR7 will see the election of a new IPCC leadership team โ€“ including chair, vice-chairs and working group co-chairs. The first full assessment reports of AR7 would likely not be expected until 2027 or 2028.

The SPM says with high confidence that human activities have โ€œunequivocally caused global warmingโ€.

2. How is the Earthโ€™s climate changing?

This statement โ€“ first made in the IPCCโ€™s WG1 report โ€“ is the strongest wording to date about the role of human activities on observed warming from any IPCC assessment cycle. 

Overall, the report says that global surface temperature in 2011-20 averaged at 1.09C above 1850-1900 levels โ€“ with a 1.59C rise seen over land and a 0.88C rise over the ocean. It adds, with high confidence, that โ€œglobal surface temperature has increased faster since 1970 than in any other 50-year period over at least the last 2000 yearsโ€.

According to the Earth Negotiations Bulletin, delegates โ€œdisagreed on how much information to includeโ€ in the SPM sub-paragraph on global surface temperature increases. The bulletin outlines the lengthy discussion needed to finalise this section of the text โ€“ including decisions on whether to use the โ€œmore preciseโ€ 1.09C or the rounded 1.1C figure and warnings that the addition of extra sentences โ€œoverloaded the sub-paragraph with numbers and diluted the messageโ€.

The SPM also discusses the observed changes and impacts of climate change to date. It makes the following statement with high confidence:

โ€œWidespread and rapid changes in the atmosphere, ocean, cryosphere and biosphere have occurred. Human-caused climate change is already affecting many weather and climate extremes in every region across the globe. This has led to widespread adverse impacts and related losses and damages to nature and people.โ€

It says that global average sea levels increased by 0.2 metres between 1901 and 2018. Sea level rise accelerated over this time, from a rate of 1.3mm per year over 1901-71 to 2.7mm per year over 2006-18, it adds.

The SPM for the AR6 synthesis report is longer than its AR5 counterpart (pdf) and contains more numbers in its section on observed changes in the climate system.

For example, the AR5 report does not quantify the rate of acceleration of sea level rise, instead saying that โ€œthe rate of sea level rise since the mid-19th century has been larger than the mean rate during the previous two millennia (high confidence)โ€.

Meanwhile, the SPM says human influence has likely increased the chance of โ€œcompoundโ€ extreme events since the 1950s, including increases in the frequency of concurrent heatwaves and droughts.

The SPM has very high confidence that โ€œincreases in extreme heat events have resulted in human mortality and morbidityโ€ in all regions. It adds that extreme temperatures also cause mental health challenges, trauma and the loss of livelihoods and culture. The report also has high confidence that climate change is โ€œcontributing to humanitarian crises where climate hazards interact with high vulnerabilityโ€.

India in 2022 faced a prolonged heatwave, with temperatures exceeding 42ยฐC in numerous cities across the country. This came just weeks after India recorded its hottest March since the countryโ€™s meteorological department began its records over 120 years ago. This image, produced using data from the Copernicus Sentinel-3 mission, shows the land surface temperature across most of the nation. According to the India Meteorological Department, maximum air temperatures reached 43-46ยฐC over most parts of Rajasthan, Vidarbha, Madhya Pradesh and East Uttar Pradesh; in many parts over Gujarat, interior Odisha; and in some parts of Madhya Maharashtra on 28 April. Forecasters warned that heatwave conditions are expected to continue until 2 May. Experts at the Indian Institute of Technologyโ€™s Water and Climate Lab stated that, in recent years, the number of Indian states hit by heatwaves has increased, as extreme temperatures become more frequent. Owing to the absence of cloud cover on 29 April (10:30 local time), the Sentinel-3 mission was able to obtain an accurate measurement of the land surface temperature of the ground, which exceeded 60ยฐC in several areas. The data shows that surface temperature in Jaipur and Ahmedabad reached 47ยฐC, while the hottest temperatures recorded are southeast and southwest of Ahmedabad (visible in deep red) with maximum land surface temperatures of around 65ยฐC. The map was generated by using the missionโ€™s Sea and Land Surface Temperature Radiometer instrument. While weather forecasts use predicted air temperatures, this satellite instrument measures the real amount of energy radiating from Earth. Therefore, the map shows the actual temperature of the landโ€™s surface pictured here, which is usually significantly hotter than air temperatures. Sentinel-3 can monitor wildfires, map the way the land is used, provide indices of vegetation state, as well as measure the temperature, colour and height of the sea surface. For more information on the Copernicus Sentinel-3 mission, click here. By Contains modified Copernicus Sentinel data 2022, Attribution, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=117497147

Elsewhere, the report has high confidence that animal and human diseases including zoonoses โ€“ infections that pass between animals and people โ€“ โ€œare emerging in new areasโ€ and very high confidence that โ€œthe occurrence of climate-related food-borne and water-borne diseases has increasedโ€.

The SPM warns that climate and weather extremes are โ€œincreasingly driving displacement in Africa, Asia, North America (high confidence), and Central and South America (medium confidence), with small island states in the Caribbean and South Pacific being disproportionately affected relative to their small population size (high confidence)โ€.

The authors write that hot extremes have intensified in cities and that they have high confidence that the observed adverse impacts are โ€œconcentrated amongst economically and socially marginalised urban residentsโ€.

The report elaborates, saying it has high confidence that โ€œurban infrastructure including transportation, water, sanitation and energy systems have been compromised by extreme and slow-onset events, with resulting economic losses, disruptions of services and impacts to well-beingโ€.

The table below shows observed changes in the climate and their attribution to human influence. Darker colours indicate a higher confidence in the changes and their human influence. Notably, the table lists โ€œwarming of the global climate system since pre-industrial timesโ€ as a โ€œfactโ€.

Observed changes in the climate and their attribution to human influence. Darker colours indicate a higher confidence in the findings. Source: IPCC (2023) Table 2.1

The report has high confidence that climate change has hindered efforts to meet the Sustainable Development Goals by reducing food security, changing rainfall patterns, melting bodies of ice such as glaciers and driving more intense and frequent extreme weather events.

For example, the report says that โ€œincreasing weather and climate extreme events have exposed millions of people to acute food insecurity and reduced water securityโ€. (For more on how climate change is affecting extreme weather, see Carbon Briefโ€™s coverage of the IPCCโ€™s WG1 report.)

The report also says that โ€œsubstantial damages, and increasingly irreversible lossesโ€ have already been sustained. For example, it has very high confidence that approximately half of the species assessed globally have shifted polewards or to higher elevations. It has medium confidence that impacts on some ecosystems are โ€œapproaching irreversibilityโ€ โ€“ for example the impacts of hydrological changes resulting from glacial retreat.

The report also has high confidence that โ€œeconomic impacts attributable to climate change are increasingly affecting peoplesโ€™ livelihoods and are causing economic and societal impacts across national boundariesโ€. 

3. How are human-caused emissions driving global warming?

The report states as fact โ€“ that is, with no calibrated language โ€“ that โ€œhuman activities, principally through emissions of greenhouse gases, have unequivocally caused global warmingโ€. 

In other words, the report states, โ€œhuman-caused climate change is a consequence of more than a century of net GHG emissions from energy use, land-use and land use change, lifestyle and patterns of consumption, and productionโ€.

Specifically, the report explains that humans have contributed to 1.07C of the observed warming between 1850-1900 and 2010-19, with a likely range of 0.8-1.3C. As the total observed warming over the same period is 1.06C, this means that humans have caused 100% of the long-term global warming to date.

This conclusion is in line with the synthesis report (pdf) of the IPCCโ€™s fifth assessment report (AR5), published in 2014, which said:

โ€œThe best estimate of the human-induced contribution to warming is similar to the observed warming over [1951-2010].โ€œ

That the influence of human activity is marginally larger than the observed temperature rise reflects the mix of impacts that an industrialised society is having. The warming impact of the GHGs that human activity has produced is likely to be in the range of 1.0-2.0C. But then there is also the cooling influence of other โ€œhuman drivers (principally aerosols)โ€, the report notes. 

Aerosols include tiny particles โ€“ such as soot โ€“ that are produced from cars, factories and power stations. They tend to have an overall cooling effect on the Earthโ€™s climate by scattering incoming sunlight and stimulating clouds to form. These human drivers could have contributed to a cooling of 0.0-0.8C, the IPCC says. 

The net cooling effect of human-caused aerosols โ€œpeaked in the late 20th centuryโ€, the report notes with high confidence.

Natural influences on the climate had only a small influence on the long-term trend in global temperature, the reports says, with fluctuations in the sun and volcanic activity causing between -0.1C and 0.1C of temperature change and other natural variability causing between -0.2C and 0.2C.

The increase in concentrations of GHGs in the atmosphere since around 1750 โ€œare unequivocally caused by GHG emissions from human activities over this periodโ€, the IPCC says:

โ€œIn 2019, atmospheric CO2 concentrations (410 parts per million) were higher than at any time in at least 2m years (high confidence), and concentrations of methane (1866 parts per billion) and nitrous oxide (332 parts per billion) were higher than at any time in at least 800,000 years (very high confidence).โ€

The figure below shows โ€œthe causal chain from emissions to resulting warming of the climate systemโ€. The bottom panel shows the increase in GHGs over 1850-2019, the middle panel shows the resulting rise in atmospheric greenhouse gas emissions, the top left panel shows the change in global surface temperature since 1850 and the top right panel separates the warming out into its different contributing factors.

The causal chain from emissions to resulting warming of the climate system. Panel (a) shows the increase in GHGs over 1850-2019. Panel (b) shows the resulting rise in atmospheric greenhouse gas emissions. Panel (c) shows the change in global surface temperature since 1850. Panel (d) separates the warming out into its different contributing factors. Source: IPCC (2023) Figure 2.1

The report says with high confidence that โ€œland and ocean sinks have taken up a near-constant proportion (globally about 56% per year) of CO2 emissions from human activities over the past six decadesโ€. However, looking to the future, it adds: 

โ€œIn scenarios with increasing CO2 emissions, the land and ocean carbon sinks are projected to be less effective at slowing the accumulation of CO2 in the atmosphere (high confidence). 

โ€œWhile natural land and ocean carbon sinks are projected to take up, in absolute terms, a progressively larger amount of CO2 under higher compared to lower CO2 emissions scenarios, they become less effective, that is, the proportion of emissions taken up by land and ocean decreases with increasing cumulative net CO2 emissions (high confidence).โ€

In 2019, global net emissions of GHGs clocked in at 59bn tonnes of CO2 equivalent (GtCO2e), the report says. This is 12% higher than in 2010 and 54% higher than in 1990, with โ€œthe largest share and growth in gross GHG emissions occurring in CO2 from fossil fuels combustion and industrial processes followed by methaneโ€. 

The report says, with high confidence, that GHG emissions since 2010 have increased โ€œacross all major sectorsโ€. It continues:

โ€œIn 2019, approximately 34% (20GtCO2e) of net global GHG emissions came from the energy sector, 24% (14GtCO2e) from industry, 22% (13GtCO2e) from AFOLU, 15% (8.7GtCO2e) from transport and 6% (3.3GtCO2e) from buildings.โ€

However, although average annual GHG emissions between 2010 and 2019 were โ€œhigher than in any previous decadeโ€, the rate of growth during this period (1.3% per year) โ€œwas lower than that between 2000 and 2009โ€ (2.1% per year), the report notes. This sentence โ€“ which also featured in the WG3 report โ€“ was added during the approval session at the request of China, the Earth Negotiations Bulletin reported.

Historical contributions to global GHGs โ€œvary substantially across regionsโ€ and โ€œcontinue to differ widelyโ€, the authors note. 

In 2019, around 35% of the global population were in countries emitting more than nine tonnes of CO2e per capita โ€“ excluding CO2 emissions from land use, land-use change and forestry (LULUCF), the report says.

In contrast, 41% were in countries emitting less than three tonnes of CO2e. It adds that least developed countries (LDCs) and small island developing states (SIDS), in particular, have much lower per-capita emissions (1.7 and 4.6 tonnes of CO2e, respectively) than the global average (6.9 tonnes), excluding CO2 from LULUCF.

Perhaps most starkly, the authors note with high confidence:

โ€œThe 10% of households with the highest per-capita emissions contribute 34-45% of global consumption-based household GHG emissions, while the bottom 50% contribute 13-15%.โ€

The regional variations in emissions are illustrated by the figure below, which shows historical contributions (top-left), per capita emissions in 2019 (top-right) and global emissions since 1990 broken down by emissions (bottom). (For more on historical responsibility for emissions, see Carbon Briefโ€™s analysis from 2021.)

During the approval session, France โ€“ supported by around 15 other countries, including the US and Canada โ€“ requested that this figure was elevated into the SPM โ€œto provide a clear and necessary narrative about the causes of warmingโ€, the Earth Negotiations Bulletin reported. However, Saudi Arabia, India and China opposed the move and a subsequent huddle was โ€œunable to reach consensusโ€.

Regional contribution to global GHG emissions. Panel (a) shows the share of historical cumulative net anthropogenic CO2 emissions per region from 1850 to 2019 in GtCO2. Panel (b) shows the distribution of regional per-capita GHG emissions in tonnes CO2e by region in 2019. Both (a) and (b) are separated out by emissions category. Panel (c) shows global net human-caused GHG emissions by region (in GtCO2e per year) for 1990-2019. Percentage values refer to the contribution of each region to total GHG emissions in each respective time period. (The single-year peak of emissions in 1997 was due to a forest and peat fire event in south-east Asia.) Source: IPCC (2023) Figure 2.2

4. How much hotter will the world get this century?

The world will continue to get hotter โ€œin the near term (2021-40)โ€, the report says, โ€œin nearly all considered scenarios and pathwaysโ€ for greenhouse gas emissions.

Crucially, however, there is a choice over how hot it gets by the end of the century. As the synthesis report explains: โ€œFuture warming will be driven by future emissions.โ€

The amount of warming this century largely depends on the amount of greenhouse gases that humans release into the atmosphere in the future โ€œwith cumulative net CO2 dominatingโ€.

In order to stop global warming, the report says, CO2 emissions are, therefore, โ€œrequire[d]โ€ to reach net-zero. (See: What is needed to stop climate change?)

The report looks at a range of plausible futures, known as the shared socioeconomic pathways (SSPs), spanning very low to very high emissions. (See: What is this report?)

If emissions are very low (SSP1-1.9), then warming is expected to temporarily โ€œovershootโ€ 1.5C by โ€œno more than 0.1Cโ€ before returning to 1.4C in 2100, the report says.

If emissions are very high (SSP5-8.5), warming could reach 4.4C in 2100. (See below for more on what it would take for the world to follow these different emissions pathways.)

Notably, there is less uncertainty in these projections than there was in AR5. This is because the IPCC has narrowed the range of โ€œclimate sensitivityโ€, using observations of recorded warming to date and improved understanding of clouds.

The alternative emissions futures are shown in the figure below, which illustrates the 1.1C of warming to date and potential increases to 2100 in the style of the famous โ€œclimate stripesโ€.

The figure also illustrates the warming that would take place during the lifetimes of three representative generations born in 1950, 1980 and 2020.

Observed (1900-2020) and projected (2021-2100) warming relative to pre-industrial temperatures (1850-1900). Projections relate to very low emissions (SSP1-1.9), low emissions (SSP1-2.6), intermediate emissions (SSP2-4.5), high emissions (SSP3-7.0) and very high emissions (SSP5-8.5). Temperatures are colour-coded from the pre-industrial average (blue-grey) through to current warming of 1.1C (orange) and potentially more than 4C by 2100 (purple). Source: IPCC (2023) Figure SPM.1

While limiting warming in line with global targets would require โ€œdeep and rapid, and, in most cases, immediate greenhouse gas emissions reductions in all sectors this decadeโ€, these efforts would not be felt for some time. The SPM explains with high confidence:

โ€œContinued greenhouse gas emissions will lead to increasing warmingโ€ฆDeep, rapid and sustained reductions in greenhouse gas emissions would lead to a discernible slowdown in global warming within around two decades.โ€

This delay means that global temperatures are more likely than not to reach 1.5C during 2021-40, the report says, even if emissions are very low.

The report does not give specific โ€œexceedanceโ€ years that breach 1.5C for each emissions pathway. (The 1.5C limit of the Paris Agreement relates to long-term averages, rather than warming in a single year.)

The SPM explains that for very low, low, intermediate and high emissions, โ€œthe midpoint of the first 20-year running average period during which [warming] reaches 1.5C lies in the first half of the 2030sโ€. If emissions are very high, it would be in โ€œthe late 2020sโ€.

Similarly, the report says warming will exceed 2C this century โ€œunless deep reductions in CO2 and other GHG emissions occur in the coming decadesโ€.

At the other end of the spectrum, it has โ€œbecome less likelyโ€ that the world will match the very high emissions scenario (SSP5-8.5), where warming exceeds 4C this century.

The report says, with medium confidence, that emissions could only reach such high levels if there is โ€œa reversal of current technology and/or mitigation policy trendsโ€.

However, it says 4C of warming is possible with lower emissions, if carbon cycle feedbacks or climate sensitivity are larger than thought. It explains in a footnote to the SPM:

โ€œVery high emissions scenarios have become less likely, but cannot be ruled out. Warming levels >4C may result from very high emissions scenarios, but can also occur from lower emission scenarios if climate sensitivity or carbon cycle feedbacks are higher than the best estimate.โ€

In addition to the path of greenhouse gas emissions, changing emissions of โ€œshort-lived climate forcersโ€ (SLCFs) can also add to near- and long-term warming, the report says with high confidence. SLCFs include methane, aerosols and ozone precursors, it explains.

There have been concerns that efforts to cut greenhouse gas emissions could also reduce output of cooling aerosols, โ€œunmaskingโ€ additional warming. The report plays down this risk:

โ€œSimultaneous stringent climate change mitigation and air pollution control policies limit this additional warming and lead to strong benefits for air quality (high confidence).โ€

5. What are the potential impacts at different warming levels?

With every extra bit of global warming, extremes facing the world will become larger, the report says.

The Water Cycle. Credit: USGS

For example, it says with high confidence that continued climate change will further intensify the global water cycle, driving changes to monsoons and to very wet and very dry weather.

As temperatures rise, natural land and ocean carbon sinks will be less able to absorb emissions โ€“ worsening warming further, the report says with high confidence.

Other changes to expect include further reductions in โ€œalmost allโ€ the worldโ€™s ice systems, from glaciers to sea ice (high confidence), further global sea level rise (virtually certain), and increasing acidity and decreasing oxygen availability in the oceans (virtually certain).

Every world region will experience more climate impacts with every bit of further warming, the report says. 

Compound heatwave and drought extremes are expected to become more frequent in many regions, the report says with high confidence. 

Nuisance flooding.

Extreme sea level events that currently occur once in every 100 years are expected to take place at least annually in more than half all measurable locations by 2100, under any future emissions scenario, it says with high confidence. (Extreme sea level events include storm surges and flooding.)

Other projected changes include the intensification of tropical storms (medium confidence) and increases in fire weather (high confidence), according to the report.

It says that the natural variability of the Earthโ€™s climate will continue to act alongside climate change, sometimes worsening and sometimes masking its effects.

The graphic below, from the reportโ€™s SPM, illustrates some of the regional impacts of climate change at 1.5C, 2C, 3C and 4C of global warming. (Current policies from governments have the world on track for around 2.7C of warming.)

A selection of regional climate impacts at 1.5C, 2C, 3C and 4C of global warming. [The world is currently on track for 2.7C]. Source: IPCC (2023) Figure SPM.2

In the near term, every world region is expected to face further increases in climate hazards โ€“ with rising risk for humans and ecosystems (very high confidence), the report says.

Risks expected to increase in the near-term include heat-related deaths (high confidence), food-, water- and vector-borne diseases (high confidence), poor mental health (very high confidence), flooding in coastal and low-lying cities (high confidence) and a decrease in food production in some regions (high confidence).

At 1.5C, risks will increase for โ€œhealth, livelihoods, food security, water supply, human security and economic growthโ€, the report says. At this level of global warming, many low-elevation and small glaciers around the world would lose most of their mass or disappear, the report says with high confidence. Coral reefs are expected to decline by a further 70โ€“90%, it adds with high confidence.

At 2C, risks associated with extreme weather events will transition to โ€œvery highโ€, the report says with medium confidence. At this level of warming, changes in food availability and diet quality could increase nutrition-related diseases and undernourishment for up to โ€œhundreds of millions of peopleโ€, particularly among low-income households in sub-Saharan Africa, south Asia and central America, the report says with high confidence.

At 3C, โ€œrisks in many sectors and regions reach high or very high levels, implying widespread systemic impactsโ€, the report says. The number of endemic species in biodiversity hotspots at a very high risk of extinction is expected to be 10 times higher than at 1.5C, it says with medium confidence.

At 4C and above, around half of tropical marine species could face local extinction, the report says with medium confidence. Around four billion people could face water scarcity, it says with medium confidence. It adds that the global area burned by wildfires could increase by 50-70% (medium confidence).

The graphic below, from the reportโ€™s SPM, illustrates the risks facing Earthโ€™s species (a) and human health risk from extreme heat-humidity (b) under different levels of global warming. 

It shows that, at temperatures above 2C, some regions will see all of their wildlife exposed to dangerous temperatures, assuming the species do not relocate to somewhere else. 

It also shows that, above 2C, some people will live in regions where temperature and humidity conditions are deadly every day of the year. 

Risks to species and humans at various levels of global warming. Source: IPCC (2023) SPM.3a and b

The risks identified in this report are larger at lower levels at warming, when compared to the IPCCโ€™s last assessment in 2014.

This is because of new evidence from climate extremes already recorded, improved scientific understanding, new knowledge on how some humans and species are more vulnerable than others and a better grasp of the limits to adaptation, the report says with high confidence.

Because of โ€œunavoidableโ€ sea level rise, risks for coastal ecosystems, people and infrastructure will continue to increase beyond 2100, it adds with high confidence.

As climate change worsens, risks โ€œwill become increasingly complex and more difficult to manageโ€, the report says.

Climate change is likely to compound other societal issues, it says. For example, food shortages driven by warming are projected to interact with other factors, such as conflicts, pandemics and competition over land, the report says with high confidence.

Most pathways for how the world can meet its ambitious 1.5C temperature involve a period of โ€œovershootโ€ where temperatures exceed this level of warming temporarily before dropping back down.

During this period of overshoot, the world would see โ€œadverse impactsโ€ that may worsen climate change, such as increased wildfires, mass mortality of ecosystems and permafrost thawing, the report says with medium confidence.

The report adds that solar geoengineering โ€“ methods for reflecting away sunlight to reduce temperature rise โ€“ has the โ€œpotential to offset warming within one or two decades and ameliorate some climate hazardsโ€, but could also โ€œintroduce a widespread range of new risks to people and ecosystemsโ€ and โ€œwould not restore climate to a previous stateโ€.

6. What are the risks of abrupt and irreversible change?

The report warns that continued emissions of GHGs will โ€œfurther affect all major climate system components and many changes will be irreversible on centennial to millennial timescalesโ€.

While โ€œmany changes in the climate systemโ€ will become larger โ€œin direct relation to increasing global warmingโ€, the likelihood of โ€œabrupt and/or irreversible outcomes increases with higher global warming levelsโ€, the report says with high confidence. For example, it says:

โ€œAs warming levels increase, so do the risks of species extinction or irreversible loss of biodiversity in ecosystems such as forests (medium confidence), coral reefs (very high confidence) and in Arctic regions (high confidence).โ€

The impacts of warming on some ecosystems are already โ€œapproaching irreversibilityโ€, the report says, โ€œsuch as the impacts of hydrological changes resulting from the retreat of glaciers, or the changes in some mountain (medium confidence) and Arctic ecosystems driven by permafrost thaw (high confidence)โ€.

Abrupt and irreversible changes can include those โ€œtriggered when tipping points are reachedโ€, the report says:

โ€œRisks associated with large-scale singular events or tipping points, such as ice sheet instability or ecosystem loss from tropical forests, transition to high risk between 1.5C-2.5C (medium confidence) and to very high risk between 2.5C-4C (low confidence).โ€

(See Carbon Briefโ€™s explainer for more on tipping points.) 

The report has high confidence that โ€œthe probability of low-likelihood outcomes associated with potentially very large impacts increases with higher global warming levelsโ€. The impact of these abrupt changes would be dramatic.

Citing an example of the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation (AMOC), a major system of currents in the Atlantic Ocean that brings warm water up to Europe from the tropics and beyond, the report says:

โ€œ[AMOC] is very likely to weaken over the 21st century for all considered scenarios (high confidence), however an abrupt collapse is not expected before 2100 (medium confidence). If such a low probability event were to occur, it would very likely cause abrupt shifts in regional weather patterns and water cycle, such as a southward shift in the tropical rain belt, and large impacts on ecosystems and human activities.โ€

For comparison, the AR5 synthesis report also concluded that a weakening of AMOC was very likely, but said that an abrupt transition or collapse in the 21st century was very unlikely.

The report notes that โ€œlow-likelihood, high-impact outcomes could occur at regional scales even for global warming within the very likely assessed range for a given GHG emissions scenarioโ€. 

The report has a particularly stark assessment on the projected impacts of global warming on the ocean. The authors warn, with high confidence, that sea level rise is โ€œunavoidable for centuries to millennia due to continuing deep ocean warming and ice sheet meltโ€. And levels will โ€œremain elevated for thousands of yearsโ€.

While the authors are virtually certain that sea level rise will continue through this century, โ€œthe magnitude, the rate, the timing of threshold exceedances, and the long-term commitment of sea level rise depend on emissions, with higher emissions leading to greater and faster rates of sea level riseโ€.

Over the next 2,000 years, global average sea level โ€œwill rise by about 2-3 metres if warming is limited to 1.5C and 2-6 m if limited to 2Cโ€, the report says, with low confidence.

Warming beyond 2C could put the Earthโ€™s massive ice sheets at risk, the report says:

โ€œAt sustained warming levels between 2C and 3C, the Greenland and West Antarctic ice sheets will be lost almost completely and irreversibly over multiple millennia (limited evidence).โ€

These projections of sea level rise across thousands of years are โ€œconsistent with reconstructed levels during past warm climate periodsโ€, the report notes.

For example, it says with medium confidence, โ€œglobal mean sea level was very likely 5-25 metres higher than today roughly 3m years ago, when global temperatures were 2.5-4C higher than 1850-1900โ€.

In addition to rising sea levels, the authors say it is virtually certain that ocean acidification โ€“ where seawater becomes less alkaline โ€“ will continue throughout this century. And they have high confidence that deoxygenation โ€“ the decline in oxygen levels in the ocean โ€“ will too.

The report also cautions that the amount of warming โ€“ and the impact it would have โ€“ could be more severe than projected.

For example, it says, โ€œwarming substantially above the assessed very likely range for a given scenario cannot be ruled out, and there is high confidence this would lead to regional changes greater than assessed in many aspects of the climate systemโ€.

On sea levels, the authors add:

โ€œGlobal mean sea level rise above the likely range โ€“ approaching two metres by 2100 and in excess of 15 metres by 2300 under a very high GHG emissions scenario (SSP5-8.5) (low confidence) โ€“ cannot be ruled out due to deep uncertainty in ice-sheet processes and would have severe impacts on populations in low elevation coastal zones.โ€

7. What does the report say on loss and damage?

For the first time ever, the term โ€œloss and damageโ€ is mentioned in an IPCC synthesis report. This reflects its prominence in the 1.5C special report and WG2 report during the sixth assessment cycle.

The report explains the formal recognition of loss and damage via the Warsaw Mechanism on Loss and Damage and the Paris Agreement. 

It acknowledges that there has been an โ€œimproved understandingโ€ of what constitutes economic and non-economic losses and damages. In turn, this has served to inform climate policy as well as highlight governance, financial and institutional gaps in how it is being addressed. 

The AR6 synthesis report mentions the formal recognition of โ€œloss and damageโ€. Source: IPCC (2023) Full report p18

After this single mention, the report discusses โ€œlosses and damagesโ€ more broadly. These, it defines in a footnote in the SPM, are the โ€œadverse observed impacts and/or projected risks and can be economic and/or non-economicโ€.

Including loss and damage in the IPCCโ€™s assessments has been a fraught process. The use of two separate terms separates the scientific โ€œlosses and damagesโ€ from the political debate of โ€œloss and damageโ€ under the UNFCCC, even as impacted countries hope to connect the two.

In the plenary discussions, Grenada โ€“ supported by โ€‹โ€‹Senegal, Antigua and Barbuda, Timor Leste, Kenya and Tanzania โ€“ wanted vulnerable countries to be referenced and the differences between the two terms explicitly clarified, given that โ€œthe distinction is often confusing to people outside of the IPCCโ€. The US, meanwhile, supported putting a definition in the footnote. 

On the impacts of climate change, the report recognises and reviews โ€œstrengthenedโ€ evidence of heatwaves, extreme rainfall, droughts and tropical cyclones, plus their attribution to human influence, since the last synthesis report.

In all regions, extreme heat events have resulted in human mortality and morbidity, it says with very high confidence, while climate-related food-borne and water-borne diseases have increased. Climate change is also contributing to humanitarian crises โ€œwhere climate hazards interact with high vulnerabilityโ€, the report states with high confidence. 

Climate change has caused โ€œsubstantial damages, and increasingly irreversible lossesโ€ in land-based, freshwater, coastal, ocean and open ecosystems, as well as in glaciers and continental ice sheets, the reportโ€™s summary says with high confidence.

The A2 headline statement from the SPM that authors โ€œspent hours craftingโ€ to reflect vulnerability and impacts on human and natural systems. IPCC (2023) SPM p5

The widespread โ€œlosses and damages to nature and peopleโ€ are unequally distributed across systems, regions and sectorsโ€, says the reportโ€™s summary, pointing to both economic and non-economic losses. 

Sectors such as agriculture, forestry, fishery, energy, and tourism that are โ€œclimate exposedโ€ have experienced economic damages from climate change, the report states with high confidence. 

Across the world, non-economic loss and damage impacts, such as mental health challenges, were associated with trauma from extreme weather events and loss of livelihoods and culture. (According to the Earth Negotiations Bulletin, India requested that mental health not be included in these impacts, which Finland opposed.)

The report says with high confidence that โ€œvulnerable communities who have historically contributed the least to current climate change are disproportionately affectedโ€.

For example, fatalities from floods, droughts and storms were 15 times higher in highly vulnerable regions between 2010 to 2020, compared to regions with very low vulnerability, it states with high confidence.

In urban areas, losses and damages are โ€œconcentratedโ€ in communities of economically and socially marginalised residents, the report notes.

The figure below shows observed impacts on human systems and ecosystems attributed to climate change at global and regional levels, along with confidence in their attribution to climate change.

Observed and widespread impacts and related losses and damages attributed to climate change. Mental health and displacement impacts are limited to only regions assessed. Confidence levels reflect attribution studies so far. Source: IPCC (2023), Figure SPM1a

The report states with very high confidence that โ€œlosses and damages escalate with every increment of global warmingโ€.

These will be higher at 1.5C and even higher at 2C, the reportโ€™s summary states. Compared to AR5, โ€œglobal aggregated risk levelsโ€ will be high to very high even at lower warming levels, owing to an improved understanding of exposure, vulnerability and recent evidence, including โ€œlimits to adaptationโ€. Climatic and non-climatic risks will increasingly interact, leading to โ€œcompound and cascading risksโ€ that are difficult to manage.

However, near-term climate actions that rein in global warming to โ€œclose to 1.5Cโ€ could โ€œsubstantially reduceโ€ losses and damages to humans and ecosystems. Still, even these actions โ€œcannot eliminate them allโ€, the report notes.

Overall, the magnitude and rate of future losses and damages โ€œdepend stronglyโ€ on near-term mitigation and adaptation actions, the report says with very high confidence. 

Without both, โ€œlosses and damages will continue to disproportionately affect the poorest and most vulnerableโ€, the report says, adding that โ€œaccelerated financial support for developing countries from developed countries and other sources is a critical enabler for mitigation actionโ€. (See: Why is finance an โ€˜enablerโ€™ and โ€˜barrierโ€™ for climate action?)

Delaying mitigation will only increase warming, which could derail the effectiveness of adaptation options, it says with high confidence, leading to more climate risks and related losses and damages.

However, the report and its summary warn with high confidence that โ€œadaptation does not prevent all losses and damagesโ€. The authors point out with high confidence that some ecosystems, sectors and regions have already hit limits to how much they can adapt to climate impacts. In some cases, adaptive actions are unfeasible โ€“ that is, they have โ€œhard limitsโ€ โ€“ for certain natural systems or are simply not an option because of socioeconomic or technological barriers โ€“ known as โ€œsoft limitsโ€ โ€“ leading to unavoidable loss and damage impacts. 

โ€œOne of the new messages in this report is that it effectively busts the myth of endless adaptation,โ€ said report author Dr Aditi Mukherji, director at the Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR), speaking at a press conference.

8. Why is climate action currently โ€˜falling shortโ€™?

Current pledges for how countries will cut emissions by 2030 make it likely that global warming will exceed 1.5C this century and will make it harder to limit temperatures to 2C, according to one of the headline findings of the report.

The establishment of the Paris Agreement โ€“ the landmark climate deal reached in 2015 โ€“ has led to more target-setting and โ€œenhanced transparencyโ€ for climate action, the report says with medium confidence.

At the same time, there has been โ€œrising public awarenessโ€ about climate change and an โ€œincreasing diversityโ€ of people taking action. These efforts โ€œhave overall helped accelerate political commitment and global efforts to address climate changeโ€, the report says, adding:

โ€œIn some instances, public discourses of media and organised counter movements have impeded climate action, exacerbating helplessness and disinformation and fuelling polarisation, with negative implications for climate action (medium confidence).โ€

It says with high confidence that many rules and economic tools for tackling emissions have been โ€œdeployed successfullyโ€ โ€“ leading to enhanced energy efficiency, less deforestation and more low-carbon technologies in many countries. This has in some cases lowered emissions.

By 2020, laws for reducing emissions were in place in 56 countries โ€“ covering 53% of global emissions, the report says.

At least 18 countries have seen their production and consumption emissions fall for at least 10 years, it adds. But these reductions have โ€œonly partly offsetโ€ global emissions increases.

The report adds that there are several options for tackling climate change that are โ€œtechnically viableโ€, โ€œincreasingly cost effectiveโ€ and are โ€œgenerally supported by the publicโ€. 

This includes solar and wind power, the greening of cities, boosting energy efficiency, protecting forests and grasslands, reducing food waste and increasing the electrification of urban systems.

It adds that, over 2010-19, there have been large decreases in the unit costs of solar power (85%), wind (55%) and lithium ion batteries (85%). In many regions, electricity from solar and wind is now cheaper than that derived from fossil fuels, the report says.

Solar installation in the San Luis Valley. Photo credit: Western Resource Advocates

(According to the Earth Negotiations Bulletin, a group of countries including Germany, Denmark and Norway strongly argued for the report to highlight that renewables are now cheaper than fossil fuels in many regions. Finland suggested adding that fossil fuels are the โ€œroot causeโ€ of climate change, but this was strongly opposed by Saudi Arabia.)

At the same time, there have been โ€œlarge increases in their deploymentโ€, including a global average of 10 times for solar and 100 times for electric cars, the report says. 

Falling costs and increased deployment have been boosted by public research and funding and demand-side policies such as subsidies, it says, adding:

โ€œMaintaining emission-intensive systems may, in some regions and sectors, be more expensive than transitioning to low-emission systems (high confidence).โ€

(According to the Earth Negotiations Bulletin, India, supported by Brazil, said the sentence โ€œfavoured developed countries as it did not reference feasibility and challengesโ€.)

Despite this, a โ€œsubstantial emissions gapโ€ remains between what global GHG emissions are projected to be in 2030 and what they must be if the world is to limit global warming to 1.5C or 2C, the report says with high confidence. (The 2030 projections are derived from country climate pledges made prior to COP26 in 2021.)

This gap would โ€œmake it likely that warming will exceed 1.5C during the 21st centuryโ€, the report says with high confidence.

Pathways for how the world can limit global warming to 1.5C or 2C depend on deep global emissions cuts this decade, it adds with high confidence.

The report says with medium confidence that country climate plans ahead of COP26 would lead to around 2.8C of warming (range from 2.1-3.4C) by 2100.

However, it adds with high confidence that policies put in place by countries by the end of 2020 would not be sufficient to achieve these climate plans. This represents an โ€œimplementation gapโ€.

When just policies put in place by the end of 2020 are considered, around 3.2C of warming (range 2.2-3.5C) is projected by 2100, the report says with medium confidence.

The chart below, from the SPM, illustrates the warming expected in 2100 from policies implemented by 2020 (red), as well as what emissions cuts would need to look like to reach 1.5C (blue) or 2C (green).

Expected warming in 2100 from policies implemented by the end of 2020 (red), compared with emissions cuts needed to limit warming to 1.5C (blue) or 2C (green). Source: IPCC (2023) SPM.5

Speaking during a press briefing, Prof Peter Thorne, director of the ICARUS Climate Research Centre at Maynooth University in Ireland and synthesis report author, noted that the IPCCโ€™s assessment had a cut-off date of before COP26 in 2021. He explained:

โ€œAdditional implemented policies since the cut-off date would lead to those curves drawing down a little bit, compared to where they are. But everything that has happened since the IPCC cut-off โ€“ which is outside the scope of this synthesis report โ€“ would suggest that weโ€™re still some way off.โ€

(A November 2022 assessment from the independent research group Climate Action Tracker found that country climate plans for 2030 in place by that time would cause 2.4C (range 1.9-2.9C) of warming. Policies in place by that time would cause 2.7C (range 2.2-3.4C), it added.)

The report also notes that many countries have signalled intentions to achieve net-zero greenhouse gas or CO2 emissions by 2050. However, it says such pledges differ โ€œin terms of scope and specificity, and limited policies are to date in place to deliver on themโ€.

In most developing countries, the rollout of low-carbon technologies is lagging behind, the report adds. This is due in part to a lack of finance and technology transfer from developed countries, it says with medium confidence.

The leveraging of climate finance for developing countries has slowed since 2018, the report says with high confidence. It adds:

โ€œPublic and private finance flows for fossil fuels are still greater than those for climate adaptation and mitigation (high confidence).โ€

9. What is needed to stop climate change?

โ€œThere is a brief and rapidly closing window of opportunity to secure a liveable and sustainable future for all,โ€ the report says with high confidence.

The synthesis delivers a blunt message on what will be needed to stop climate change, saying โ€œlimiting human-caused warming requires net-zero CO2 emissionsโ€.

(The Earth Negotiations Bulletin says there was debate over this opening sentence in section B5 of the SPM. It reports: โ€œThe authors said that a fundamental insight of AR6 is that, to hold warming at any level, net-zero [CO2] emissions are required at some point.)

The report goes on to say, with high confidence, that reaching net-zero greenhouse gas emissions would imply net-negative CO2 โ€“ and would โ€œresult in a gradual decline in surface temperaturesโ€.

Reaching net-zero emissions requires โ€œrapid and deep and, in most cases, immediate greenhouse gas emissions reductions in all sectors this decadeโ€, according to the report.

Repeating language from the underlying WG3 report, it adds that global GHG emissions must peak โ€œbetween 2020 and at the latest before 2025โ€ to keep warming below 1.5C or 2C.

In contrast with the direct wording on net-zero, the report barely mentions coal, oil and gas. 

A coal train moves in front of the Black Thunder mine outside Wright in October, 2016. (Andrew Graham/WyoFile)

However, it does say net-zero would mean a โ€œsubstantial reduction in overall fossil fuel useโ€.

Staying below 1.5C or 2C depends on cumulative carbon emissions at the time of reaching net-zero CO2 and the level of greenhouse gas emissions cuts this decade, the report says.

Specifically, net-zero CO2 needs to be reached โ€œin the early 2050sโ€ to stay below 1.5C:

โ€œPathways that limit warming to 1.5C (>50%) with no or limited overshoot reach net-zero CO2 in the early 2050s, followed by net-negative CO2 emissions. Those pathways that reach net-zero GHG emissions do so around the 2070s. Pathways that limit warming to 2C (>67%) reach net-zero CO2 emissions in the early 2070s.โ€

(There was some confusion on this point after a speech by UN secretary-general Antรณnio Guterres launching the IPCC report. Guterres called for global net-zero emissions by 2050, with developed countries going faster, but did not say if he was referring to CO2 or GHGs.)

There is a direct link between cumulative carbon emissions and warming, with the report saying that every 1,000GtCO2 raises temperatures by 0.45C. The report says with high confidence:

โ€œFrom a physical science perspective, limiting human-caused global warming to a specific level requires limiting cumulative CO2 emissions, reaching at least net-zero CO2 emissions, along with strong reductions in other greenhouse gas emissions.โ€

This results in โ€œcarbon budgetsโ€ that must not be exceeded if the world is to limit warming to a given level. As of the start of 2020, the remaining budget to give a 50% chance of staying below 1.5C is 500GtCO2, rising to 1,150GtCO2 for a 67% chance of staying below 2C.

(Stronger reductions of non-CO2 emissions would mean a larger carbon budget for a given temperature limit, the report notes, and vice versa.)

Some four-fifths of the total budget for 1.5C has already been used up during 1850-2019 and the last fifth would be โ€œalmost exhaust[ed]โ€ by 2030, if emissions remained at 2019 levels.

In order to stay within the budget for 1.5C, global greenhouse gas emissions would need to fall to 43% below 2019 levels by 2030 and to 60% below by 2035, falling 84% by 2050.

Even faster reductions are required for CO2 emissions, which would fall to 48% below 2019 levels by 2030, 65% by 2035 and 99% by 2050, when they would effectively hit net-zero.

The synthesis report lists these numbers in a new table, below. While the information is not new, it had not previously been presented in an accessible format. It was added during the week-long approval process and is labelled โ€œTable XXโ€.

Central (median) CO2 and GHG reductions in 2030, 2035, 2040 and 2050, relative to 2019 levels, in 97 โ€œC1โ€ scenarios that have a greater than 50% chance of limiting warming to 1.5C with no or limited overshoot, and in 311 โ€œC3โ€ scenarios that have a 67% chance of limiting warming to 2C. Numbers in square brackets indicate 5th to 95th percentile ranges across the scenarios. Note that most of these scenarios are designed to cut emissions globally at โ€œleast-costโ€, meaning they โ€œdo not make explicit assumptions about global equity, environmental justice or intraregional income distributionโ€. Source: IPCC (2023) Table XX.

At a briefing for journalists held by the UK Science Media Centre, Dr Chris Jones, synthesis report author and research fellow at the UKโ€™s Met Office, said: โ€œWe hope, obviously, this information is useful for the stocktake process.โ€

(This refers to the โ€œglobal stocktakeโ€ of progress to date and the efforts needed to meet international climate goals, which is taking place this year as part of the UN climate process.)

The report outlines how the world could reach net-zero CO2 emissions via a โ€œsubstantial reduction in overall fossil fuel use, minimal use of unabated fossil fuels, and use of carbon capture and storage (CCS) in the remaining fossil fuel systemsโ€.

(The phrase โ€œunabated fossil fuelsโ€ is defined in a footnote to the report, by comparison with โ€œabatementโ€, which it says would mean โ€œcapturing 90% or more CO2 from power plants, or 50โ€“80% of fugitive methane emissions from energy supplyโ€.)

While the world needs to make โ€œdeep and rapidโ€ cuts in gross emissions, the use of CO2 removal (CDR) is also โ€œunavoidableโ€ to reach net-zero, the report says with high confidence.

The report explains:

โ€œ[P]athways reaching net-zero CO2 and GHG emissions include transitioning from fossil fuels without carbon capture and storage (CCS) to very low- or zero-carbon energy sources, such as renewables or fossil fuels with CCS, demand-side measures and improving efficiency, reducing non-CO2 GHG emissions, and CDR.โ€

CDR will be needed to โ€œcounterbalanceโ€ hard-to-abate residual emissions in some sectors, for example โ€œsome emissions from agriculture, aviation, shipping and industrial processesโ€.

(For more detail on sectoral transitions needed to reach net-zero, see: How can individual sectors scale up climate action?)

Emphasising the challenge of limiting warming, the report says the fossil fuel infrastructure that has already been built would be enough to breach the 1.5C carbon budget, if operated in line with historical patterns and in the absence of extra abatement.

This is shown in the figure below. The top panel shows historical emissions and the remaining budgets for 1.5C or 2C, as well as emissions this decade if they remain at 2019 levels and the emissions of existing and planned fossil fuel infrastructure.

The lower panel shows historical warming and potential increases by 2050, in relation to the carbon budgets and the range of possible emissions over the same period.

Cumulative past, projected and โ€œcommittedโ€ CO2 emissions from existing and planned fossil fuel infrastructure, GtCO2, and associated global warming. Source: IPCC (2023) Figure 3.5.

Delaying emissions cuts risks โ€œlock-in [of] high-emissions infrastructureโ€, the report states, adding with high confidence that this would โ€œraise risks of stranded assets and cost-escalation, reduce feasibility, and increase losses and damagesโ€.

The report notes that only โ€œa small number of the most ambitious global modelled pathwaysโ€ avoid temporary overshoot of the 1.5C target. However, warming โ€œcould gradually be reduced again by achieving and sustaining net-negative global CO2 emissionsโ€.

On the other hand, the IPCC warns of โ€œadditional risksโ€ as a result of overshoot, defined as exceeding a warming level and returning below it later. It states with high confidence:

โ€œOvershoot entails adverse impacts, some irreversible, and additional risks for human and natural systems, all growing with the magnitude and duration of overshoot.โ€

The report adds that some of these impacts could make it harder to return warming to lower levels, stating with medium confidence:

โ€œAdverse impacts that occur during this period of overshoot and cause additional warming via feedback mechanisms, such as increased wildfires, mass mortality of trees, drying of peatlands, and permafrost thawing, weakening natural land carbon sinks and increasing releases of GHGs would make the return more challenging.โ€

It says the risks around overshoot, as well as the โ€œfeasibility and sustainability concernsโ€ for CDR, can be minimised by faster action to cut emissions. Similarly, development pathways that use resources more efficiently also minimise dependence on CDR.

10. How can individual sectors scale up climate action?

In order to limit warming to 2C or below by the end of the century, all sectors must undergo โ€œrapid and deep, and in most cases, immediate greenhouse gas emissions reductionsโ€, the report says.

Limiting warming to 1.5C with โ€œno or limited overshootโ€ requires achieving net-zero CO2 emissions in the early 2050s. To keep warming to 2C, net-zero CO2 must be achieved โ€œaround the early 2070sโ€. 

It continues, with medium confidence: 

Source: IPCC (2023) Full report, p68

Reducing emissions from the energy sector requires a combination of actions, the report says: a โ€œsubstantial reductionโ€ in the use of fossil fuels; increased deployment of energy sources with zero or low emissions, โ€œsuch as renewables or fossil fuels with CO2 capture and storageโ€ (CCS); improving energy efficiency and conservation; and โ€œswitching to alternative energy carriersโ€. 

For sectors that are harder to decarbonise, such as shipping, aviation, industrial processes and some agriculture-related emissions, the report notes that using carbon dioxide removal (CDR) technologies to counterbalance these residual emissions โ€œis unavoidableโ€. 

Graphic credit: The Nature Conservancy

The language around CCS and CDR was some of the most contentious during the approval session. According to the Earth Negotiations Bulletin, Germany โ€œsuggested including a brief overview of the feasibility and current deployment of different CDR methodsโ€, with France adding that policymakers must be made aware of the associated challenges.

But Saudi Arabia countered that if these barriers were made explicit in this section, it โ€œwould require similar balancing language on the feasibility of solar and renewables elsewhere in the reportโ€. 

Similar discussions were had around CCS, with the authors ultimately agreeing to add a sub-paragraph in a footnote that details both the limits and benefits of CCS, at the urging of Germany and Saudi Arabia, respectively. 

The report discusses several technologies across a range of maturity, removal and storage potential and costs. It finds that โ€œall assessed modelled pathways that limit warming to 2C (>67%) or lower by 2100โ€ rely, at least in part, on mitigation from agriculture, forestry and other land use (AFOLU). Such approaches are currently โ€œthe only widely practised CDR methodsโ€, the report notes.

However, it details trade-offs and barriers to large-scale implementation of AFOLU-based mitigation, including climate change impacts, competing demands for land use, endangering food security and violation of Indigenous rights. 

The report also discusses sector-specific actions that can be taken in order to limit emissions and climate impacts. These transformations, it says, are โ€œrequired for high levels of human health and well-being, economic and social resilience, ecosystem health and planetary healthโ€.

The chart below shows near-term feasibility of adaptation (left) and mitigation (right) options, divided across six sectors (top left to bottom right): energy supply; land, water and food; settlements and infrastructure; health; society, livelihood and economy; and industry and waste.

For adaptation options, the figure shows the potential for synergies with mitigation strategies and the feasibility of these options up to 1.5C of warming, from low (light purple) to high (dark blue). The dots in each box represent the confidence level, from low (one dot) to high (three dots).

On the right, mitigation options are presented with their potential contribution to emissions reductions by 2030, in GtCO2e per year. The colours indicate the cost of each option, from low (yellow) to high (red), with blue indicating options that are cheaper than fossil fuels. Some of the mitigation options with the highest potential for cost-saving are solar and wind power, efficient vehicles, lighting and other equipment, and public transit and cycling.

Feasibility of climate adaptation options and their synergies with mitigation actions (left) and potential contributions of mitigation options to emissions reductions by the end of the decade (right). Source: IPCC (2023) Figure 4.4a

Some of these mitigation options relate to changes in energy demand, rather than supply. This includes โ€œchanges in infrastructure use, end-use technology adoption and socio-cultural and behavioural changeโ€, the report says, noting that such changes can reduce emissions in end-use sectors by 40-70% by mid-century.

The chart below shows the mid-century mitigation potential of demand-side changes across a range of sectors: food (including diet and waste), land transport, buildings, industry and electricity. The green arrows represent the mitigation potential in GtCO2 per year. 

The mitigation potential, in GtCO2e per year, of five demand-side sectors (top to bottom): food, land transport, buildings, industry and electricity. The grey bar shows the additional emissions that continued electrification will add. Source: IPCC (2023) Figure 4.4b

Section 4.5 of the report goes into detail about near-term mitigation and adaptation, in subsections covering energy systems; industry; cities, settlements and infrastructure; land, ocean, food and water; health and nutrition; and society, livelihoods and economies. At the urging of India (supported by Saudi Arabia and China) in the approval session, the report notes that the availability and feasibility of these options differs โ€œacross systems and regionsโ€.

On energy systems, the report says with high confidence that โ€œmajor energy system transitionsโ€ are required and with very high confidence that adaptation โ€œcan help reduce climate-related risks to the energy systemโ€, including extreme events that can damage or otherwise affect energy infrastructure.

It notes that many of the options for large-scale emissions reductions are โ€œtechnically viable and supported by the publicโ€. It adds:

โ€œMaintaining emission-intensive systems may, in some regions and sectors, be more expensive than transitioning to low emission systems.โ€

However, adaptation measures for certain types of power generation, such as hydropower, have โ€œdecreasing effectiveness at higher levels of warmingโ€ beyond 1.5C or 2C, the report notes. Reducing vulnerabilities in the energy sector requires diversification and changes on the demand side, including improving energy efficiency.

The strategies to reduce industrial emissions โ€œdiffer by type of industryโ€, the report says. Light manufacturing can be โ€œlargely decarbonisedโ€ through available technologies and electrification, while decarbonising others will require the use of carbon capture and storage and the development of new technologies. The report adds that extreme events will cause โ€œsupply and operational disruptionsโ€ across many industries.

โ€œEffective mitigationโ€ strategies can be implemented at every step of building design, construction and use, the report says. It notes that demand-side measures can help reduce transportation-related emissions, as can re-allocating street space for pedestrians and cyclists and enabling telework. 

With high confidence, it says: 

โ€œKey infrastructure systems including sanitation, water, health, transport, communications and energy will be increasingly vulnerable if design standards do not account for changing climate conditions.โ€

The report also says that โ€œgreenโ€ and โ€œblueโ€ infrastructure have myriad benefits: climate change mitigation, reducing extreme weather risk and improving human health and livelihoods.

AFOLU, as well as the ocean, offer โ€œsubstantial mitigation and adaptation potentialโ€ฆthat could be upscaled in the near term across most regionsโ€, the report finds. It notes that conservation and restoration of ecosystems provide โ€œthe largest shareโ€ of this potential. It reads:

Source: IPCC (2023) Full report, p73

Such actions must be taken with the cooperation and involvement of local communities and Indigenous peoples, the report adds.

With very high confidence, the report states that โ€œmainstream[ing]โ€ health considerations into policies will benefit human health. There is also high confidence in the existing availability of โ€œeffective adaptation optionsโ€ in the health sector, such as improving access to drinking water and vaccine development. The report states with high confidence:

โ€œA key pathway to climate resilience in the health sector is universal access to healthcare.โ€

The report calls for improving climate education, writing with high confidence: 

โ€œClimate literacy and information provided through climate services and community approaches, including those that are informed by Indigenous knowledge and local knowledge, can accelerate behavioural changes and planning.โ€

It says that many types of adaptation options โ€œhave broad applicability across sectors and provide greater risk reduction benefits when combinedโ€. It also calls for โ€œaccelerating commitment and follow-throughโ€ from private sector actors.

11. What does the report say about adaptation?

The world is not adapting fast enough to climate change โ€“ and limits to adaptation have already been reached in some regions and ecosystems, the report says.

It says with very high confidence that there has been progress with adaptation planning and roll-out in all sectors and regions โ€“ and that accelerated adaptation will bring benefits for human wellbeing.

Adaptation to water-related risks make up more than 60% of all documented adaptation practices, the report says with high confidence. 

Examples of effective adaptation have occurred in food production, such as through planting trees on cropland, diversification in agriculture and water management and storages, the report says with high confidence.

โ€œEcosystem-based approachesโ€, such as urban greening and restoring wetlands and forests, have been effective in โ€œreducing flood risks and urban heatโ€, it adds with high confidence.

In addition, combinations of โ€œnon-structural measuresโ€, such as early warning systems, and structural measures such as levees have reduced deaths from flooding, the report says with medium confidence.

But, despite progress, most adaptation is โ€œfragmented, incremental, sector-specific and unequally-distributed across regionsโ€, the report says, adding:

โ€œAdaptation gaps exist across sectors and regions, and will continue to grow under current levels of implementation, with the largest adaptation gaps among lower income groups.โ€ 

Key barriers to adaptation include a lack of financial resources, political commitment and a โ€œlow sense of urgencyโ€, the report says.

The total amount spent on adaptation has increased since 2014. However, there is currently a widening gap between the costs of adaptation and the amount of money set aside for adaptation, according to the report.

It says with very high confidence that the โ€œoverwhelming majorityโ€ of climate finance goes towards mitigation rather than adaptation. (See: Why is finance an โ€˜enablerโ€™ and โ€˜barrierโ€™ for climate action?)

It adds with medium confidence that financial losses caused by climate change can reduce funds available for adaptation โ€“ hence, leaving countries more vulnerable to future impacts. This is particularly true for developing and least-developed countries.

The report says with medium confidence that some people are already experiencing โ€œsoft limitsโ€ to adaptation. โ€œSoft limitsโ€ are those where there is currently no way to adapt to the change, but there may be a way in the future. This includes small-scale farmers and households living in low-lying coastal areas.

Some areas have reached โ€œhard limitsโ€ to adaptation, where no further adaptation to climate change is possible, the report says with high confidence. This includes some rainforests, tropical coral reefs, coastal wetlands, and polar and mountain ecosystems.

In the future, โ€œadaptation options that are feasible and effective today will become constrained and less effective with increasing global warmingโ€, the report says. It adds:

โ€œWith increasing global warming, losses and damages will increase and additional human and natural systems will reach adaptation limits.โ€

For example, the effectiveness of reducing climate risks by switching crop varieties or planting patterns โ€“ commonplace on farms today โ€“ is projected to decrease above 1.5C of warming, the report says with high confidence. The effectiveness of on-farm irrigation is projected to decline above 3C, it adds.

Above 1.5C of warming, small island populations and regions dependent on glaciers for freshwater could face hard adaptation limits, the report says with medium confidence.

At this level of warming, ecosystems such as coral reefs, rainforests and polar and mountain ecosystems will have surpassed hard adaptation limits โ€“ meaning some ecosystem-based approaches will become ineffective, the report says with high confidence.

By 2C, soft limits are projected for multiple staple crops, particularly in tropical regions, it says with high confidence. By 3C, hard limits are projected for water management in parts of Europe, it says with medium confidence. 

Even before limits to adaptation are reached, adaptation cannot prevent all loss and damage from climate change, the report says with high confidence. (See: What does the report say on loss and damage?)

(According to the Earth Negotiations Bulletin, China requested removing a reference to โ€œadaptation limitsโ€ from one of the headline statements of the SPM. It was opposed by countries including the UK, Denmark, Germany, Saint Kitts and Nevis, the Netherlands, Switzerland, Mexico and Belize.) 

The report says with high confidence that sea level rise poses a โ€œdistinct and severe adaptation challengeโ€. This is because it requires dealing with both slow onset changes and increases in extreme sea level events such as storm surges and flooding.

The graphic below illustrates some of the adaptation responses to sea level rise, including the time it takes for implementation and their typical intended lifetimes.

Adaptation responses for sea level rise. Source: IPCC (2023) Figure 3.4b

โ€œEcosystem-basedโ€ approaches include enhancing coastal wetlands. Such approaches come with co-benefits for biodiversity and reducing emissions, but start to become ineffective above 1.5C of warming, the report says with medium confidence.

โ€œSediment-basedโ€ approaches include seawalls. These can be ineffective โ€œas they effectively reduce impacts in the short-term but can also result in lock-ins and increase exposure to climate risks in the long-termโ€, the report says.

Planned relocation methods can be more effective if they are aligned with sociocultural values and involve local communities, the report says.

The report warns with high confidence that there is now more evidence of โ€œmaladaptationโ€ โ€“ actions intended to adapt to climate change that create more risk and vulnerability.

Examples of maladaptation include new urban buildings that cannot easily be adjusted for climate risks or high-cost irrigation systems for agriculture in areas where droughts are projected to intensify, the report says.

Maladaptation โ€œespecially affectsโ€ marginalised and vulnerable groups, including Indigenous peoples, ethnic minorities, low-income households and people living in informal settlements. This can โ€œreinforce and entrenchโ€ existing inequalities.

12. What are the benefits of near-term climate action?

The report is clear that fast action to mitigate emissions and adapt to climate impacts has a range of benefits โ€“ but acknowledges that it will likely be disruptive and have high up-front costs.    

The rate of climate change and the associated risks โ€œdepend stronglyโ€ on near-term climate action, the report says. The SPM notes with high confidence: 

โ€œThe choices and actions implemented in this decade will have impacts now and for thousands of years.โ€ 

The overarching benefit of near-term mitigation action is less global warming over time and thereby fewer negative impacts, such as extreme weather events. 

Accelerated mitigation measures would also reduce future adaptation costs alongside other benefits, such as reducing the risk of irreversible climate changes, the synthesis report says.

A quick reduction in methane emissions, in particular, can limit near-term warming, the report says with high confidence. Methane has a much shorter lifespan in the atmosphere than CO2.

Delaying actions to prevent further warming will lead to a larger temperature rise, which will, in turn, make adaptation measures less effective, it says.

Adaptation actions can take a long time to be put in place. The report stresses that long-term planning and faster implementation, especially in this decade, โ€œis important to close adaptation gapsโ€. 

Adaptation measures, the report adds, can improve agricultural productivity, innovation, health and wellbeing, food security, livelihood and biodiversity conservation.

Text on mitigation co-benefits for sustainable development Source: IPCC (2023) Full report, p59

There are other co-benefits to cutting emissions and taking faster action on adaptation. The SPM says that โ€œdeep, rapid and sustainedโ€ action in this decade would lower air pollution, spark more walking and cycling and prompt more sustainable, healthy diets. 

The money saved from a health perspective as a result of improved air quality โ€œcan be of the same order of magnitude as mitigation costs, and potentially even largerโ€, the report adds.

There are further economic benefits to near-term climate action, but the SPM says the cost-benefit analysis โ€œremains limitedโ€ in assessing all avoided damages. 

Outside of the benefits of avoiding possible damages, the economic and social benefits of limiting global warming to 2C exceeds mitigation costs in most literature, the SPM says with medium confidence. 

The SPM says that faster mitigation with emissions peaking earlier increases the co-benefits of action and reduces risks and costs in the long-term. 

It further says, with high confidence, that near-term actions require โ€œhigh up-front investments and potentially disruptive changesโ€. 

Barriers to deploy mitigation and adaptation actions need to be removed or reduced to utilise these options at scale, the report says.

To scale up these actions, the report says that both low- and high-cost options, such as using more renewables, making buildings more efficient and using electric vehicles, are required to avoid future lock-ins, advance innovation and start transformational changes.

Leaf charging at the Lionshead parking facility in Vail September 30, 2021.

The impacts of these changes can be โ€œmoderatedโ€ by reforms and policies in order to accelerate climate action such as improving access to finance for low-emissions infrastructure and technologies, especially in developing countries. 

Delaying action comes with multiple challenges, the report says, such as cost escalation risks, lock-in of infrastructure and stranded assets.

In other words, continuing to install unabated fossil fuel infrastructure will โ€œlock-inโ€ emissions into the future. And taking action on fossil-fuel burning sooner rather than later would limit the size of stranded assets โ€“ such as fossil-fuel infrastructure โ€“ that will be worth a lot less money in future in a world more reliant on low-carbon energy. 

Delaying action on this would increase policy risks and may endanger efforts to limit global warming, the report says with high confidence. 

Climate action is enabled by good climate governance providing an overall direction, the report says. 

This involves setting targets, including climate action in different policy areas, prioritising equitable decision-making and enhancing access to finance. The report adds that climate action benefits from drawing on a diverse range of knowledge. 

13. Why is finance an โ€˜enablerโ€™ and โ€˜barrierโ€™ for climate action?

Finance is one of the โ€œcritical enablersโ€ to speed up climate action, the synthesis report outlines, and lack of funding is a barrier to progress. 

Difficulty accessing climate finance slows down both mitigation and adaptation action, particularly in developing countries, the report warns. Improving access to funds will help to accelerate climate action, the report says with very high confidence. 

It adds that funding for mitigation and adaptation needs to increase โ€œmany-foldโ€ to achieve climate goals, address risks and speed up investment in emissions reductions. 

Global climate finance flows have increased and financing channels have broadened over the past decade, but the report notes that average growth has slowed since 2018. The report adds with high confidence: 

โ€œPublic and private finance flows for fossil fuels are still greater than those for climate adaptation and mitigation.โ€

It assesses that climate funding is โ€œunevenโ€ and has โ€œdeveloped heterogeneously across regions and sectorsโ€, adding that the money falls short of what is needed to slash emissions and adapt to climate impacts.

There is enough global capital to close investment gaps, the report says, but โ€œbarriersโ€ are preventing this funding being used instead for climate action. 

Closing gaps and improving access to finance, alongside other actions, can โ€œact as a catalyst for acceleratingโ€ climate action, the SPM says. The report builds on this, saying: 

โ€œโ€‹โ€‹Accelerated support from developed countries and multilateral institutions is a critical enabler to enhance mitigation and adaptation action and can address inequities in finance, including its costs, terms and conditions, and economic vulnerability to climate change.โ€

Many developing countries do not have enough financial resources for adaptation to help reduce associated economic and non-economic losses and damages, the report says. 

The SPM outlines with high confidence that increasing access to finance can help tackle โ€œsoftโ€, avoidable adaptation limits and avert some of the rising risks of climate change. (See: What does the report say about adaptation?)

The โ€œoverwhelming majorityโ€ of climate finance is geared towards mitigation. But this still falls short, the SPM says, adding with medium confidence: 

โ€œAverage annual modelled mitigation investment requirements for 2020 to 2030 in scenarios that limit warming to 2C or 1.5C are a factor of three to six greater than current levels, and total mitigation investments (public, private, domestic and international) would need to increase across all sectors and regions.โ€

Limited access to funding is listed as one of the key barriers to a number of actions including the adoption of low-emissions technology in developing countries. 

Harmful impacts of climate change can further reduce a nationโ€™s climate financial resources by causing losses and damages and also impeding economic growth. This adds to the financial constraints for adaptation, especially in developing and least developed countries. 

The largest climate finance gaps and opportunities exist in developing countries, the report says, adding that more support is needed from developed nations and multilateral institutions to address inequities. 

This could come in the form of larger public grants for climate funding โ€œfor vulnerable regions, e.g., in sub-Saharan Africa,โ€ the report says. It adds that these would be cost-effective and have high social returns in terms of access to basic energy.

Reducing the barriers standing in the way of committing more money to climate action would require โ€œclear signalling and support by governmentsโ€ through actions such as decreasing the perceived risks of climate investments and increasing the returns, the SPM says.  

Central banks, investors and other financial actors can change the โ€œsystemic underpricing of climate-related risksโ€ and also reduce the โ€œwidening disparitiesโ€ between the money available and the amount required, the SPM adds, noting: 

โ€œPublic finance is an important enabler of adaptation and mitigation, and can also leverage private finance.โ€

Developed countries pledged to provide $100bn in climate funding each year by 2020 to help developing countries deal with climate change. The SPM notes that, as of 2018, finance levels were below this goal. (In 2021, Carbon Brief analysed why climate finance flows are falling short.)

According to the Earth Negotiations Bulletin, India, supported by Saudi Arabia and Brazil, requested a reference to this goal in a section on the adoption of low-emission technologies to highlight the finance gap for developing countries. 

Tejal Kanitkar, India. Credit: IISD

The final report does reference the missed pledge elsewhere, but the text of low-emission technologies instead refers more broadly to the constraints of โ€œlimited financeโ€. 

The SPM says that climate-resilient development โ€“ prioritising climate in all aspects of decision-making and policies โ€“ is aided by more international cooperation to improve access to finance and better align climate finance flows with the money required.

The report says faster global financial cooperation is key to aiding low-emission and just transitions. (A just transition is one in which workers and their communities are supported in the shift to a low-carbon economy, which is central to the idea of climate justice.) It can also address inequities in access to finance. 

In order to scale-up financial flows, the report says there must be lower regulatory market barriers, a stronger alignment of public finance and more public funding in an effort to reduce the perceived risks of low-emission investments. 

14. What are the co-benefits for the Sustainable Development Goals?

The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) were adopted by all UN member states in 2015 as the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.

Comprising 17 goals, this โ€œshared blueprintโ€ for people and the planet recognises that ending poverty โ€œand other deprivationsโ€ must accompany strategies that improve health, education, reduce inequality while combating climate change and protecting oceans and forests.

The synthesis report lays out how climate adaptation and mitigation actions can translate into co-benefits that aid countriesโ€™ efforts to meet their SDGs.

According to the report, both sets of actions have more potential synergies than potential trade-offs with the SDGs. This, however, depends on the scale and context of how mitigation and adaptation measures are implemented, the interactions between and within different sectors involved, cooperation between countries, governance, policy design and how these options are timed, sequenced and stringently deployed.

Ending โ€œextreme poverty, energy poverty and providing decent living standards to all, consistent with sustainable development objectivesโ€ฆcan be achieved without significant global emissions growthโ€, the report states with high confidence. 

The reportโ€™s summary recognises that countries are at different levels of development, seeking to improve the well-being of people. With high confidence, it states:

โ€œDevelopment priorities among countries also reflect different starting points and contexts, and enabling conditions for shifting development pathways towards increased sustainability will therefore differ, giving rise to different needs.โ€

Nonetheless, many mitigation and adaptation systems can help countries meet their near-term development goals in energy, urban and land systems, the report says with high confidence. 

Comanche Generating Station. Photo credit: Allen Best/Big Pivots

For instance, better air quality and improved health are some of the many co-benefits of deploying low-carbon energy systems, while urban mass transit powered by these systems can contribute to health, employment, energy security and โ€œdeliver equityโ€. 

Conserving, protecting and restoring ecosystems, while managing them to help communities adapt to climate impacts, can help regions attain their food security and biodiversity conservation goals, the report says with high confidence. 

In countries and regions that are highly dependent on fossil fuels โ€“ not just for energy, but revenues and jobs โ€“ mitigating risk calls for โ€œjust transition principles, processes and practicesโ€ and policies that promote economic and energy diversification, the SPM says with high confidence.

Mitigation actions that are embedded within a wider development context can, therefore, make for faster, deeper and wider emissions reductions, it states with medium confidence. 

But to design โ€œcontext-relevantโ€ actions and plan for their implementation โ€œrequires considering peopleโ€™s needs, biodiversity, and other sustainable development dimensionsโ€, the report states with very high confidence.

Importantly, the report calls โ€œeffective governanceโ€ to limit potential trade-offs of some mitigation choices โ€“ such as the risks posed by large-scale afforestation and bioenergy projects to food systems, biodiversity, ecosystems and livelihoods, it says with high confidence.

Crucially, this requires โ€œadequate institutional capacity at all levelsโ€ to safeguard against trade-offs.

Mitigation and adaptation actions taken together โ€“ accounting for trade-offs โ€“ can benefit not just human well-being, but deliver better ecosystem and planetary health, the report states with high confidence. Social safety nets and land restoration are examples that serve both adaptation and mitigation goals, with co-benefits for poverty reduction and food security. 

However, there will be trade-offs, the report cautions. But these can be โ€œevaluated and minimisedโ€ by giving weight to โ€œcapacity building, finance, technology transfer, governance, development, gender and social equity considerations with meaningful participation of local communities, Indigenous peoples and vulnerable populationsโ€, it states with high confidence.

15. What does the report say about equity and inclusion?

โ€œEquity remains a central element in the UN climate regime,โ€ the SPM says. The report has a section dedicated to โ€œequity and inclusion in climate change actionโ€, which discusses how to ensure that those most vulnerable to the impacts of climate change can contribute to and benefit from climate mitigation and adaptation efforts.

The SPM says that โ€œambitious mitigation pathways imply large and sometimes disruptive changes in economic structureโ€. This can include a โ€œshifting of income and employmentโ€ during the transition to low-emissions activities. 

But the report has high confidence that โ€œsocial safety netsโ€ and โ€œredistributive policiesโ€ that โ€œshield the poor and vulnerableโ€ can resolve trade-offs for a range of sustainable development goals, such as education, hunger, poverty, gender and energy access.

For example, it has high confidence that โ€œwhile some jobs may be lost, low-emissions development can also open up opportunities to enhance skills and create jobsโ€. The report emphasises the importance of โ€œbroadening equitable accessโ€ to the relevant finance, technologies and governance.

It adds: 

โ€œEquity, inclusion, just transitions, broad and meaningful participation of all relevant actors in decision making at all scales enable deeper societal ambitions for accelerated mitigation, and climate action more broadly, and build social trust, support transformative changes and an equitable sharing of benefits and burdensโ€.

The report says that between 3.3 and 3.6 billion people are living in โ€œcontexts that are highly vulnerable to climate changeโ€, where vulnerability is highest in โ€œlocations with poverty, governance challenges and limited access to basic services and resources, violent conflict and high levels of climate-sensitive livelihoodsโ€. 

It says that adaptation can be used to moderate the risks of climate change and the authors have high confidence that โ€œadaptation progress is unevenly distributed with observed adaptation gapsโ€. The report adds:

โ€œPresent development challenges causing high vulnerability are influenced by historical and ongoing patterns of inequity such as colonialism, especially for many Indigenous Peoples and local communities.โ€

To effectively address adaptation gaps and avoid maladaptation, the report says that โ€œmeaningful participation and inclusive planning, informed by cultural values, Indigenous knowledge, local knowledge, and scientific knowledge can helpโ€.

The report also notes that different countries have their own priorities for development, which give rise to differing needs.

For example, it says that โ€œin several countries just transition commissions, task forces and national policies have been establishedโ€, while in others, the principles of a just transition need to be integrated into policies through โ€œcollective and participatory decision-making processesโ€.

This section of the report also discusses behavioural interventions. It has high confidence that โ€œindividuals with high socioeconomic status contribute disproportionately to emissions, and have the highest potential for emissions reductionsโ€. It says there are many options for reducing emissions from this group, which can be supported by policies, infrastructure, and technology.

Meanwhile, it has high confidence that, for lower-income groups, โ€œeradicating extreme poverty, energy poverty, and providing decent living standards to all in these regions in the context of achieving sustainable development objectives, in the near-term, can be achieved without significant global emissions growthโ€.